sharp FODC600U, FO-DC600 Service Manual

FO-DC600U

SERVICE MANUAL

No. 00ZFDC600USME

FACSIMILE

MODEL

MODEL SELECTION CODE DESTINATION

FO-DC600 U U.S.A./Canada

Chapters 1, 2, 3, 7 and 8 of this manual are omitted because they are partly common to the FO-4400U/ FO-DC500U. Please refer to previous service manual (00ZFO4400USME) / (00ZFODC500SME) for these chapters.

OPTION Toner cartridge: FO-50ND

Drum cartridge: FO-47DR Option memory: FO-8MK Verification stamp: FO-45VS Paper cassette: FO-CS1 LAN Network interface kit: FO-LN1 Network printer kit: FO-NP1 Network scanner kit: FO-NS2 Dual line kit: FO-60DL

NOTE:

• FO-NP1 (Network Printer Kit) and FO-60DL (Dual Line Kit) can not be mounted simultaneously.

• FO-LN1 (LAN Network Interface Kit) and FO-60DL (Dual Line Kit) can be mounted simultaneously. However, multi-operation of 2 line communication and network scan is not possible.

FO-DC600

CAUTION

This laser printer is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 of the CDRH or IEC60825-1 standard. This means that this machine does not produce a hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.

This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achieved on the eyes retina, there is danger of spot damage to the retina.

The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time of servicing.

1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged as a unit.

2) Do not look into the machine with the Main Switch turned on after removing the Toner/Developer unit and Drum Cartridge.

3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the Laser Optical Unit with the connector connected when removing and installing the Optical Unit.

4) The cover of Laser Printer Unit contains the Safety Interlock Switch. Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot.

Laser Wave Length : 770-795 nm Laser Pulse Times Laser Output Power : 5 mW

Parts marked with " " is important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.

: 51.3 ns

SHARP CORPORATION

1 - 1

This document has been published to be used for after sales service only. The contents are subject to change without notice.

FO-DC600U

• CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT

• PRECAUTIONS FOR USING LEAD-FREE SOLDER

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[1] Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

[2] Life of consumable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

[3] Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

[4] Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U. [5] Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U. [6] Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U.

[7] Installing the Dual Line Kit (FO-60DL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

[8] Installing the Third Paper Cassette (FO-CS1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS

[1] Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

[2] Diagnostics and service soft switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

[3] Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U. [4] Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U. [5] Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U. [6] Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U.

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION

[1] Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U. [2] Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U.

[3] Disassembly and assembly procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

[4] Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U.

CONTENTS

CHAPTER 4. DIAGRAMS

[1] Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

[2] Wiring diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

[3] Point-to-point diagram and connector signal name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

[1] Circuit description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

[2] Circuit description of control PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

[3] Circuit description of CIS unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

[4] Circuit description of LIU PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

[5] Circuit description of operation panel PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

[6] Circuit description of power supply PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

[7] Circuit description of Dual Line Kit (FO-60DL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT

[1] Control PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

[2] LIU PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

[3] Printer PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

[4] Power supply PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

[5] Operation panel PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

[6] LCD Relay PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

CHAPTER 7. OPERATION FLOWCHART

[1] Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U. [2] Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U. [3] Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U.

CHAPTER 8. OTHERS

[1] Service Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

[2] Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U. P ARTS GUIDE

1 – 2

CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT

(Danish) ADVARSEL !

Lithiumbatteri-Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.

Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.

Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.

(English) Caution !

Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.

Replace only with the same or equivalent type

recommended by the equipment manufacturer.

Discard used batteries according to manufacturer’s instructions.

(Finnish) VAROITUS

Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.

Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan

tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.

PRECAUTIONS FOR USING LEAD-FREE SOLDER

FO-DC600U

(French) ATTENTION

Il y a danger d’explosion s’ il y a remplacement incorrect

de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du

même type ou d’un type recommandé par le constructeur.

Mettre au rébut les batteries usagées conformément aux

instructions du fabricant.

(Swedish) VARNING

Explosionsfare vid felaktigt batteribyte.

Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent

typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.

Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens

instruktion.

(German) Achtung

Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien.

Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder

vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden.

Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom

Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen.

11

1

Employing lead-free solder

11

The Power supply PWB of this model employs lead-free solder. This is indicated by the “LF” symbol printed on the PWB and in the service manual. The suffix letter indicates the alloy type of the solder. Example:

Indicates lead-free solder of tin, silver and copper.

22

2

Using lead-free solder

22

When repairing a PWB with the “LF” symbol, only lead-free solder should be used. (Using normal tin/lead alloy solder may result in cold soldered joints and damage to printed patterns.) As the melting point of lead-free solder is approximately 40ºC higher than tin/lead alloy solder, it is recommended that a dedicated bit is used, and that the iron temperature is adjusted accordingly.

33

3

Soldering

33

As the melting point of lead-free solder (Sn-Ag-Cu) is higher and has poorer wettability (flow), to prevent damage to the land of the PWB, extreme care should be taken not to leave the bit in contact with the PWB for an extended period of time. Remove the bit as soon as a good flow is achieved. The high content of tin in lead free solder will cause premature corrosion of the bit. To reduce wear on the bit, reduce the temperature or turn off the iron when it is not required. Leaving different types of solder on the bit will cause contamination of the different alloys, which will alter their characteristics, making good soldering more difficult. It will be necessary to clean and replace bits more often when using lead-free solder. To reduce bit wear, care should be taken to clean the bit thoroughly after each use.

1 - 3

FO-DC600U

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[1] Specifications

• GENERAL

Automatic dialing: Conventional Auto Dialing:

Rapid Key Dialing: 59 numbers Speed Dialing: 200 numbers Personal Auto Dial Books: 40 books (59 Rapid Keys, 16 Speed Dial numbers per book)

Memory size* : 16 MB (approx. 1,000 pages)

Optional memory: FO-8MK (8 MB; approx. 500 pages)

Modem speed: 33,600 bps (max.) with automatic

fallback to lower speeds

Transmission time* : Approx. 2 seconds Toner cartridge yield: Initial starter cartridge (included with

(continuous printing, fax machine): Approx. 3000 pages 4% page coverage, Replacement cartridge (FO-50ND):

letter paper) Approx. 6000 pages Drum cartridge yield: Initial starter cartridge (included with

fax machine): 20,000 pages (avg.)

Replacement cartridge (FO-47DR):

20,000 pages (avg.)

Resolution: Standard: 203 x 98 lines/inch

(8 x 3.85 lines/mm)

Fine/Halftone: 203 x 196 lines/inch

(8 x 7.7 lines/mm)

Super fine: 203 x 391 lines/inch

(8 x 15.4 lines/mm)

Ultra fine: 406 x 391 lines/inch

(16 x 15.4 lines/mm)

Halftone (grayscale): 64 levels Automatic document feeder: Letter paper (20 lb): Max. 50 pages

Legal paper: Max. 20 pages (Note: 11” x 17” paper must be loaded one page at a time.)

Paper capacity: 750 sheets (20 lb)

(500-sheet cassette available as option)

Compression scheme: MMR, MR, MH, Sharp (H2), JBIG

Applicable telephone line: Public switched telephone network Compatibility: ITU-T (CCITT) G3 mode, Super G3

mode

Printing resolution: Horizontal: 406 dots/inch (16 dots/mm)

Vertical: 391 lines/inch (15.4 lines/mm)

600 x 600 dpi (Network Print: FO-NP1)

Input document size: Automatic feeding:

Width: 5.8 to 10.1” (148 to 256mm) Length: 5.0 to 14.3” (128 to 364 mm)

Manual feeding:

Width: 5.8 to 11.0” (148 to 279 mm) Length: 5.0 to 19.0” (128 to 483 mm)

Effective scanning width: 10.1” (256 mm) max. Effective printing width: 8.0” (203 mm) max. Printing speed: 16 ppm Reception modes: Auto/Manual Instascan speed: 1.3 sec/page (letter paper; scan time

only, excludes document feeding time)

Full Dual Access: Yes Copy function: Single/Multi/Sort (99 copies/page) Power requirements: 120 V AC, 60 Hz Operating temperature: 50 - 86°F(10 - 30°C) Humidity: 20 to 85 % RH Power consumption: Stand-by: 9 W

Stand-by(all options installed: 16W Maximum: 800 W

Dimensions: Width: 21.5” (546 mm)

Depth: 16.2” (412 mm) Height: 17.0” (431 mm) (Not including paper tray or attachments)

Weight: Approx. 48.5 lbs. (22.0 kg)

(Not including supplies paper tray or attachments)

* Based on ITU-T Test Chart #1 at standard resolution, excluding time for

protocol signals (i.e., ITU-T phase C time only).

To avoid problems with supplies, please don’t use supplies from other units. Please use new supplies, when supply changes are required.

[2] Life of consumable

Section Part Estimated Life Replaced by

Toner cartridge Replacement cartridge 6,000 prints User

(FO-50ND) (at Letter/4% chart)

Drum cartridge Replacement cartridge 20,000 prints User

(FO-47DR) (at Letter/4% chart)

Paper feed Transfer roller

(0KW4127410302)

Fuser Fusing unit

(0KW4127035501)

Paper transport

Paper transfer roller (Refer to the P/G No. 8-6) (0KW4127300101)

(Refer to the P/G No. 10-8)

(Refer to the P/G No. 9-14)

1 – 1

50,000 prints Service Engineer

Cleaning as needed ———————

[3] Operation panel (1)

y

1 3 4 5 62

DOCUMENT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

HALF TONE

STANDARD

FINE

SUPER FINE

ULTRA FINE

CONTRAST RESOLUTION

e-mail

7 98 10

11

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10

Q / ! W / " E / # R / $ T / % Y / & U / ' I / ( O / ) P / =

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

SYMBOL

A / |S D F G / { H / } J / [ K / ] L / +

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Caps Lock

Z / < X / > C V B N / * M / ? @ .com

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

/ ^ / / \ ; / :

SHIFT

11

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59

SYMBOL

PAGE COUNTER

Caps Lock

SHIFT

14 15 16 17 18 19 2012 13 21

Q / ! W / " E / # R / $ T / % Y / & U / ' I / ( O / ) P / =

A / |S D F G / { H / } J / [ K / ] L / +

CONFIDENTIAL

TIMER

Z / < X / > C V B N / * M / ? @ .com

/ ^ / / \ ; / :

COVER SHEET

22 2923 24 25 30

JOB STATUS

DUPLEX SCAN

ABC1DEF

PRIORITY

Space

LIFE

Space

BROADCAST

PERSONAL

BOOK

MEM.STATUS

REPORT

2726

_

DOCUMENT

_

28

MENU

2 3

GHI

JKL

MNO

4

5

TUV

PQRS

7

WXYZ

8

OPER

0

31 35 3632 34

SPEED DIAL

6

ZA

REDIAL

START/ ENTER

9

SPEAKER

DOWN

33

ALARM

TONER

FAX2FAX1

Network

DATA

ON LINE

- . / , DEL

LINE

- . / , DEL

COPY/HELP

UP

STOP

FO-DC600U

Display

1

This displays messages and prompts to help you operate the machine.

TONER indicator

2

This blinks when the toner cartridge nears empty, and lights steadily when the toner cartridge needs replacement.

ALARM indicator

3

This blinks when one of the paper sources is empty or the drum cartridge is near the end of its life (printing is still possible). This lights steadily when the drum cartridge has reached the end of its life, all paper sources are empty, the print compartment cover is open, or a paper jam has occurred (printing is not possible). A message will appear in the display to indicate the problem.

FAX 1 / FAX 2 lights

4

When the dual line option is installed, FAX 1 lights when Line 1 is being used and FAX 2 lights when Line 2 is being used. When the dual line option is not installed, only FAX 1 lights when the telephone line is being used (the FAX 2 light does not operate).

DA T A light

5

This blinks when the machine is receiving a print job over the network (only when the network printer option is installed).

ON LINE light

6

When this light is on, the machine can receive data (print jobs) over the network. The light is turned on or off with the ON LINE key. (Only available when the network printer option is installed).

CONTRAST key

7

Press this key to adjust the contrast before sending or copying a document.

E-mail key

8

Press this key to send a scanned document to an e-mail recipient. (Only available when the network scanner option is installed).

RESOLUTION key

9

Press this key to adjust the resolution before sending or copying a document. An indicator will light next to the selected setting (HALFTONE, STANDARD, FINE, SUPER FINE or ULTRA FINE).

ON LINE key

10

Press this key to select whether the machine is online or off-line (the ON LINE light is on when the machine is online). The machine must be online to receive print jobs over the network. (Only available when the network printer option is installed).

Rapid Dial Keys

11

Press one of these keys to dial a fax number automatically, or specify an e-mail recipient if the network scanner option is installed. Note that you must attach the Rapid Key labels. When navigating through the display menu, a Rapid Key can also be pressed in place of the numeric keys to enter a two-digit number (for example, you can press Rapid Key 01 to enter the number "01").

SYMBOL key

12

When entering a name, press this key to enter the symbol on a letter key (the character to the right of the slash). Press the key again to turn off symbol entry mode.

PAGE COUNTER key

13

Press this key to include a slash and the total number of pages after each page number on the pages of a transmitted document.

CONFIDENTIAL key

14

Press this ke

to send or print out a confidential document.

1 – 2

FO-DC600U

Operation panel (2)

TIMER key

15

Press this key to set a fax operation to be performed automatically at a later time.

COVER SHEET key

16

Press this key to include a cover sheet when sending a fax.

LIFE key

17

Press this key, followed by , to check the total number of pages printed by the fax machine. (Press to return to the

data and time display.

MEM. STATUS key

18

Press this key to check the status of fax transmission jobs, copy jobs, and fax receptions. This key can also be used to cancel a job.

19

REPORT key

Press this key to print out a report on the most recently completed transmission or reception.

DOCUMENT key

20

Press this key to transmit a document directly from the feeder without reading it into memory.

LINE key

21

When the dual line option has been installed, press this key before dialing to select the line.

JOB STATUS key

22

Press this key to display the FAX-STATUS screen, which shows information on the fax job that is currently in progress. If the dual line option is installed, the fax status will appear separately for each line. If the network printer option is installed, the NETWORK PRINT STATUS screen showing information on current printer activity will appear following the FAX STATUS screen (note that "IDLE" will appear if a print job has been executed but is not yet being printed). To cancel a job that is in progress, display the job in the status screen and then press . To move through each of

the screens and return to the date and time display, press

JOB STATUS

one or more times as needed.

DUPLEX SCAN key

23

Press this key to transmit or copy a two-sided document.

PRIORITY key

24

Press this key when you need to transmit a document ahead of other documents waiting in memory for transmission.

BROADCAST key

25

Press this key to send a document to a group of fax machines, or to a group of e-mail recipients if the network scanner option is installed.

26

PERSONAL BOOK

Press this key to use or store an auto-dial number in a personal book. If the book has a passcode, enter the

passcode; otherwise, select the book with or and

START/ ENTER

press .

START/ ENTER

STOP

30

COPY/HELP key

When a document is in the feeder, press this key to make a copy of a document. At any other time, press this key to print out the Help List, a quick reference guide to the operation of your fax machine.

31

Dial keypad (numeric keys)

Use these keys to dial and program fax numbers.

REDIAL key

32

Press this key to automatically redial the last number dialed.

SPEAKER key

33

Press this key when transmitting a document by Normal Dialing to listen to the line and verify the response of the receiving fax machine.

START/ENTER key

34

Press this key to begin fax transmission when using Speed Dialing, Direct Keypad Dialing, or Normal Dialing. This key is also used to select settings in the MENU key menu and complete entries when storing names and numbers.

Left and right arrow keys

35

Auto-dial numbers: Press these keys to search for an

auto-dial number when sending a fax.

36

STOP key

Press this key to cancel an operation before it is completed.

27

SPEED DIAL key

Press this key to dial a Speed Dial number.

MENU key

28

Press this key to select special functions and setting.

29

UP and DOWN arrow keys Volume setting: Press these keys to change the speaker

volume when the SPEAKER key has been pressed, or the ringer volume at any other time.

MENU key settings: Press these keys after pressing the MENU key to scroll through the MENU key settings.

[4] Transmittable documents

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U.

[5] Installation

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U.

[6] Quick reference guide

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U.

1 – 3

[7] Installing the Dual Line Kit (FO-60DL)

a

b

Note: The FO-60DL Dual Line Kit cannot be installed if the FO-NP1

Network Printer Kit is installed. Important! The following procedure is to be performed only by a quali-

fied service technician. Be sure to turn off the power, unplug the power cord, and unplug the telephone line before proceeding. In addition, touch a grounded piece of metal to discharge any static electricity that may be on your body. Make sure that an extension phone is not connected to the machine.

1

Press the cover release to open the print compartment cover.

FO-DC600U

5

a. Attach the LIU board to the metal plate, positioning the modular

jacks as shown. The bottom edge of the board should fit into the slots indicated by the arrows. Secure the LIU board with two of the 6 mm screws.

b. Attach the provided metal side plate.

6

Replace the metal plate and secure with screws in the order shown.

2

Remove 6 screws from the rear cover. (Remember which screw secures the small cover on the left side of the rear cover, as it must be replaced in the same position). Remove the small cover, and then remove the screw underneath. Remove the rear cover.

3

Remove 6 screws and then remove the metal plate.

1

3

4

7

Attach the dual line control board. a. Insert the bushing into the hole in the dual line control board from

the outer side and secure it with the collar on the inner side.

b. Insert the winged end of the pin spacers into the metal plate, with

wings extended out vertically.

c. Attach the board so that the connector inserts into the connector in

the metal plate. Make sure that the pin spacers go into the holes in the board. Secure the board with the 18 mm screw (which goes into the bushing) and the remaining 6 mm screw. Tighten the screws in the order shown.

b

c

2

4

Remove the screw that holds the small side plate to metal plate that was removed Step 3. Slide the small side plate up and remove it from the metal plate. (Note: The small side plate is not no longer needed, however, the screw is used again in “b” of Step 5.)

Fasten the band to the core as shown and cut off the excess end.

8

Insert the cable through the core and wind it around the core twice.

1 – 4

a

1

FO-DC600U

A2A2

A1A1

P3P3

A3A3

A4A4

P4P4

A4A4

2

1

A1

A3

A4

A2

P6

P5

9

Connect the cable to the LIU board and the dual line control board. Secure the core band with the 10 mm screw.

Replace the rear cover.

F

(Be sure to replace the screw that secures the small cover in the same position, as it is for plastic.)

4

Place the machine on top of the third cassette, and remove the small cover from the rear of the second cassette. Connect the 10-pin cable as shown, and insert it behind the guide indicated by the white arrow.

5

Change the positions of the connectors on the circuit board of the third cassette as shown (do not change the connectors on the second cassette). Replace the small cover on the rear of the second cassette, and attach the provided small cover on the rear of the third cassette.

For plastic

G

Affix the “”LINE 2” label above the new jack.

LINE 2

[8]

Installing the Third Paper Cassette (FO-CS1)

Important! Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord

before proceeding.

1

Remove the packing material and tape from the third paper cassette.

2

Remove the covers from the sides of the second cassette (the cassette already installed on the machine), using a flat-head screwdriver to pry each of the catches at the bottom of the covers free (2 on the right cover, 3 on the left cover).

6

Attach the large support plate and then the small support plate to the right side of the cassettes. Use 6 mm screws for the holes marked with “A”, and 10 mm screws for the holes marked with “P”. Secure the screws in the order indicated by the numbers.

7

Attach the support plate to the left side of the cassette. Use 6 mm screws for holes marked with “A”, and 10 mm screws for holes marked with “P”, securing the screws in the order indicated by the numbers. (Note that the top hole on the right does not require a screw.)

3

Insert the green gear into the third cassette as shown. The side of the gear that has the small thirdly gear should face the inside of the cassette, and should fit onto the metal shaft. Push the gear in until the tab on the outer side goes into the slot on the metal shaft. (Note: The gear is only used in the third cassette.)

1 – 5

FO-DC600U

CONTROL PWB

(TOP SIDE)

CNLIU1

CNSP1

CNSEN1

CNCIS1

CNPN1

CNSTP1

F1/F2/F5:Top side F100/F101/F102:Bottom side

CNTXM1

IC3

1

1 8

10 1

1

1214

27

228

F1

F2

F5 F100

F101

2

CNPW1

12 1

F102

CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS

[1] Adjustments

General

Since the following adjustments and settings are provided for this model, make adjustments and/or setup as necessary.

1. Adjustments

Adjustments of output voltage (FACTORY ONLY)

1. Install the power supply unit in the machine.

2. Set the recording paper and document.

3. When the document is loaded, power is supplied to the output lines.

Confirm that outputs are within the limits below.

Output voltage settings

POWER SUPPLY PWB

Output Voltage limits Note +5V MAIN 4.947V~5.25V CN5 7pin ↔ 8pin +24V SUB 23.04V~24.96V CN5 1pin ↔ 2pin

No. Pin No. CN1

1 11 +5V 2 10 CH LREM 39T VR 4 8 T MON V 5 7 T MON I 6 6 B VR 7 5 V REM 8 4 C MON 93MG

10 2 +24V

HIGH VOLTAGE PWB

Connector CN4

1

CN5

CN1

12

8

1

CN1

10

VR51

[DO NOT TOUCH!]

Fig. 1

No. Pin No. CNPW1

No. Pin No. CN7

CNPW1

112

CONTROL PWB

8

10

CN7

CN4

PRINTER PWB

1

Connector CN5

1 +24V SUB 2MG 3MG 4MG 5 +24V MAIN 6 +24V MAIN 7 +5V MAIN 8DG

9DG 10 DG 11 +5V MAIN 12 +5V MAIN

Connector CN1

1 +24V MAIN

2MG

3DG

4DG

5 +5V MAIN

6 +5V MAIN

7 HEATER ON

8 H-RELAY OFF

CNPRT1

130 130

CN1

2. IC protectors replacement

ICPs (IC Protectors) are installed to protect the CIS unit, panel PWB unit, TX motor drive circuit and verification stamp drive circuit. ICPs protect various ICs and electronic circuits from an overcurrent condition.

The location of ICPs are shown below:

Fig. 2

(1) F1 (ICP-S0.5) F2 (ICP-S1.0) is installed in order to protect IC’ s from an

overcurrent generated in the CIS unit. If F1 or F2 are open, replace it with a new one.

(2) F5 (ICP-S1.0) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent gener-

ated in the panel PWB unit. If F5 is open, replace it with a new one.

(3) F100 (ICP-S1.0) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent gen-

erated in the verification stamp drive circuit. If F100 is open, replace it with a new one.

(4) F101 (ICP-S1.8) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent gen-

erated in the TX motor drive circuit. If F101 is open, replace it with a new one.

(5) F102 (ICP-S0.7) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent gen-

erated in the LCD drive circuit. If F102 is open, replace it with a new one. In addition to the replacement of F1, F2, F5, F100, F101 andF102 the factor causing F1, F2, F5, F100, F101 and F102 to open must also be repaired. If not, F1, F2, F5, F100, F101 and F102 will open again. Replacement parts ICP-S0.5 (Sharp code: VHViCPS05//-1) ICP-S0.7 (Sharp code: VHViCPS07//-1) ICP-S1.0 (Sharp code: VHViCPS10//-1) ICP-S1.8 (Sharp code: VHViCPS18//-1)

3. Settings (1) Dial mode selector

OPTION SETTING: DIAL MODE (Soft Switch No. SW2 DATA No. 1 for Line-1 and SW24 DATA No.1 for Line-2 with Optional Dual Line Kit) Use this to set the fax machine to the type of telephone line you are on.

• The factory setting is "TONE".

(step 1) Select "OPTIONAL SETTING".

KEY: DISPLAY:

(step 2) Select "DIAL MODE".

KEY:

DISPLAY:

(step 3) Select, using "1" or "2".

KEY: DISPLAY: TONE SELECTED

KEY: DISPLAY:

(step 4) End, using the "STOP" key.

KEY:

2 – 1

MENU 4

4:OPTIONAL SETTING ENTER #(01-36, , )

2

22: DIAL MODE

22: DIAL MODE 1=TONE, 2=PULSE

1

2 PULSE SELECTED

STOP

22: DIAL MODE 1=LINE-1, 2=LINE-2

Select line using "1" or "2"

KEY: DISPLAY:

1 1: LINE-1

1=TONE, 2=PULSE 2

2: LINE-2 1=TONE, 2=PULSE

FO-DC600U

[2] Diagnostics and service soft switches

1. Operating procedure

Two kinds of diagnoses are supported.

1-1. Fax diagnosis

This diagnosis is concerned with the main body of fax which is used for production and service support.

Entering the diagnostic mode

MENU

Press display will appear.

FAX

: TA70

NIC :

x.xxx

PRN :

xxxx

PRN MEMORY SIZE GAA

:

ESx GAB

Then press the and the key or select with the rapid key.

Enter the mode with the (Diag

•

specifications)

MENU

B PRINT AREA C ROM & RAM CHECK D AUTO FEEDER MODE

F PANEL CHECK MODE G OPTICAL ADJUST MODE H PRODUCT CHECK I J K L M N O CONF. PASSCODE P Q R S T U V W

X

*: FONT LIST PRINT MODE can be used only when the network function is effective.

9 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

=

16(MB)

:

ESx

START

key. Select the desired item with the

9 8 7

STARTA SOFT SWITCH MODE START START START STARTE AGING MODE START START START START

START START START START START START START START START START START START START START START

7 8 9

START

key.

TA70

START

SIGNAL SEND MODE COMM. CHECK MODE MEMORY CLEAR MODE FLASH MEMORY CHECK ALL FAX/TEL. ENTRY MODE DEPT. PASSCODE

SIGNAL SEND MODE 2

MEMORY SET MODE STAMP AGING MODE DIAL TEST MODE COPY DIAG MODE LCD CHECK MODE PERSONAL BOOK LIST FONT LIST PRINT MODE(*) NO FUNCTION

7

, and

st

Line

nd

Line

rd

Line F/W version

th

Line NIC board version

th

Line PCL board version

th

Line

th

Line Memory size

th

Line GATE arrayA/B version

th

Line

the

following

key

1-2. Print diagnosis

This diagnosis is concerned with the print which is used for production and service support.

Entering the diagnostic mode

MENU

Press display will appear.

PCU ROM VER.:

Then press the key andthe key orselect withthe rapidkey.

Enterthe modewith the key. (Diag•specifications)

MENU

01 02

03

08

09

9 8

START

9 8 6

START START

START

START04

START05 START06 START07 START

START

START10 START11

START12

6

, and

the

following

key. Select the desired item with the

START

PCU ROM Ver.:

START

AREA PRINT MODE 1 CHECK PATTERN 1 CHECK PATTERN 2

CHECK PATTERN 3

CHECK PATTERN 4 PAPER FEED AGING 1 PAPER FEED AGING 2 BIAS ADJUST MODE2

LIFE SET MODE

LIFE ALL CLEAR

LIFE ENTRY MODE LIFE CLEAR MODE

Memory clear when power is turned on

Pressing the START and STOP keys, turn on the main power, and the following message will be displayed.

MEMORY CLEAR ? 1 = ALL , 2 = IMAGE , 3 = NO

1 = All the data will be deleted including initially registered data. 2 = Delete the image file to be used in transmission. This will delete all

the data related to communication such as reserved transmission or intercepting. However, the data initially registered will not be deleted.

3 = Memory will not be cleared and the machine enters stand-by mode.

2 – 2

FO-DC600U

ROM SRM DRM1 DRM2

• • • •

ROM SRM DRM1 DRM2 P P P E

Display during check Display after check

P=PASS E=ERROR

2. Diagnostic items description

2-1. Fax diagnosis

A) Soft switch mode

In this mode, the soft switch are set and the soft switch list is printed.

Soft switch mode screen

S O F T S W I T C H M O D E S W 0 1 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8

Data

1

Switch number selection

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 :DATA No.

Switch

No.

• Press START key for setting of the next soft switch. If the soft

switch number is the final, pressing START key will exit the soft switch mode.

• Enter two digits of a soft switch number to set the switch number.

If a switch number of nonexistent soft switch is entered, key error buzzer sounds to reject the input.

S O F T S W I T C H M O D E S W 0 1 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Cursor

2

Data number selection

E N T E R L A S T D I G I T S W 1

1 6

S O F T S W I T C H M O D E S W 1 6 = 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0

The cursor position shows the data to be set. Pressing # key or → key moves the cursor to the right. If, however, the cursor is on data number 8, pressing # key or → key shifts the cursor to data number 1 of the next switch number. If the switch number is the final, pressing # key or → key will exit the soft switch mode. Pressing key or ← key moves the cursor to the left. If, however, the cursor is on data number 1, pressing key or ← key shifts the cursor to data number 1 of the former switch number. If the switch number is 1, pressing key or ← key will not move the cursor and the error buzzer will sound.

3

Data setting method

Press the MENU key, and the data at the position of the cursor will be reversed to 0 when it is 1, or to 1 when it is 0. (If the soft switch can be changed at the bit (Refer to 6.), the error buzzer will sound with the process not received.)

4

Outputting method of soft switch list

In the soft switch mode, press the REPORT key , and the soft switch list will be output. If the recording paper runs out or is clogged, the key error buzzer will sound with the process not received.

5

Storage of data

In the following case, the data of the soft switches set will be stored.

• It is shifted to set the next soft switch by pressing the START

switch.

• It is shifted to set the next soft switch with the [#] key.

• It is shifted to set the last soft switch with the [ ] key.

• It is shifted to set another soft switch by inputting two digits as the

switch number. (When 2 digits are completely input.)

• Output of the soft switch list is started.

6

Inhibition of data change

(This is also applicable for the optional setting.) In the following case, it is inhibited to change the data with the key error buzzer.

• Switching ON/OFF of ECM during the use of image memory.

• OFF to ON of telephone billing function which is using the image

memory is used (Note: In the existing set, the telephone billing code function is specified from OFF to ON when the timer system communication (including the batch communication) is set.)

Here, the memory is usable when the telephone billing code function is on. It can be set from ON to OFF while the memory is used. However, if setting is practically changed even once, it can not be returned from OFF to ON.

• OFF to ON of department control function during use of image

memory. (Note: In the existing set, the department control function is set from OFF to ON when the timer communication (including the batch sending) or the memory hold is set.)

• ON to OFF of continuous serial polling function when the con-

tinuous serial polling is started. (Note: In the existing set, "ON to OFF of the continuous serial polling function when the continuous serial polling is registered" has been applied, but the conditions are now moderated. However, registration is impossible to the program of the new continuous serial polling when the continuous serial polling function is OFF.)

• In addition, change of all soft switches during communication

B) Print area

According to the size of the specified sheet, the effective printing area is printed.

C) ROM & RAM check

This is an item to check if the loaded memory device acts normally.

• The memory devices shown in the following table are checked.

• In case that an error occurs in the device check, the alarm buzzer

shown in the table sounds.

Check device and alarm buzzer

No. Device checked

1 2 SRAM <Short sounds> 2 times 3 Main D-RAM1 (*1) <Short sounds> 3 times <Long sounds>: 4 D-RAM2 (*2) <Short sounds> 4 times 1.0 sec.ON / 0.5 sec.OFF 5 ——

ROM (PROGRAM FLASH)

Number of buzzer sound

<Short sound> 1 time <Short sound>:

Remarks

0.5 sec.ON / 0.5 sec.OFF

*1: Work memory (SDRAM 8 MB) *2: Page memory (SDRAM 16 MB)

(Example of display) In case that DRAM2 is erroneous.

• After the check is complete, the result is outputted.

• In case that an NIC and a PCL board are mounted, the version

information of the board is also printed on the result.

D) Auto feeder mode

By executing the document insertion and discharge, the automatic feeding function can be checked. And the document sensor can be checked as well.

1

Set the document Before pressing the “START” key , only the document sensor check is carried out. And as the document sensor is ON, the document size (A4/B4) and the sensor information (A4/B4/ORG) are displayed.

AUTO FEEDER MODE ( )

After setup of the document

AUTO FEEDER MODE B4 (A4 B4 ORG)

Only the sensor which is activated (fallen down) is displayed.)

The paper sheet size (A4/B4) is displayed.

2

The automatic feeding starts by pressing the “START” key. This mode ends when the document ends, and the result is printed.

2 – 3

FO-DC600U

E) Aging mode

This is a mode to execute the copying action and the check pattern printing action once every 60 minutes and continue the action until 10 sheets are outputted in total.

1

The printing action on the 1st sheet starts by pressing down the “START” key and entering the mode. When document is set at the time of the mode start-up the copy action is carried out, and when the document is not set the “check pattern 1” of the print dialog is printed.

2

The number of printouts is displayed after printing.

F) Panel check mode

This is to check that each key acts normally and this is displayed on the LCD according to the key input. And during execution, the document reading lamp is ON. After inspection start, the LEDs light on sequentially. At the mode end with the “STOP” key, all of them go OFF. As to the test result, it is printed out after the mode end.

When the “NUMERIC” key is pressed during the panel check execution, sending of the DTMF signal corresponding to the key starts, and when another key is pressed sending of the DTMF signal stops. (Softswitch change is required. SW80 No.6: 0 →1)

• After inputting all the keys, input the “STOP” key at last, and then the

result is displayed.

a) In case that all the keys are pressed.

PANEL CHECK MODE ALL KEY OK !!

• Until the STOP key is pressed, all black 4-split sequential display is

performed.

• After the mode end, the test result is printed.

b) In case that there is a key that is not pressed.

PANEL CHECK MODE KEY ERROR !!

• Until the STOP key is pressed, all black 4-split sequential display is

performed.

• After the mode end, the test result is printed.

G) Optical adjust mode

The optical system is adjusted.

• By pressing down the “START” key, the document reading lamp “100%:

ON” is turned ON.

H) Product check

This is a dialog used in the production process and a mode to execute a specific mode in the series of the flow. After the mode end, the rest result as to the checked items is printed.

• After moving to the mode, the following actions are sequentially ex-

ecuted.

1

Memory clear (Same as Diagnosis K)

2

Panel check (Same as Diagnosis F)

3

ROM & RAM test check (Same as the Diagnosis C)

4

Test result print

Memory clear printing Panel check result printing ROM & RAM test result printing

5

Print area (The specification of each item is the same as the specifi

cation of the simple mode.)

I) Signal send mode

It can be used to check the modem. When the START key is pressed, silence signal (make loop) will be executed. The following signals are sent by pressing the START key thereafter. [ 1] No signals (make loop)

[ 2] 4800BPS (V. 27ter) [ 3] 14400BPS (V. 33) [ 4] 12000BPS (V. 33) [ 5] 14400BPS (V. 17) [ 6] 12000BPS (V. 17) [ 7] 9600BPS (V. 17) [ 8] 7200BPS (V. 17) [ 9] 9600BPS (V. 29) [10] 7200BPS (V. 29) [11] 4800BPS (V. 29ter) [12] 2400BPS (V. 29ter) [13] 300BPS (FLAG) [14] 2100Hz (CED) [15] 1100Hz (CNG)

J) Comm. check mode

1

Turn on the Line Monitor. (SW7 No.7, SW29 No.7)

2

Turn off the Cover Sheet Function. (SW2 No.6, SW24 No.6)

3

Set Line Equivalence at 0 km. (SW8 No.1/No.2, SW30 No.1/No.2)

4

Set the copy cut off mode (SW75 No.2) to “Continue”

5

Set the ringer volume (SW62 No.5/No. 6) to OFF. After the check, it is necessary to be sure to return the aforementioned soft switches into the initial state. (Clear the memory with the diagnosis.)

K) Memory clear mode

Clear the back-up memory to initialize the soft switches. The Flash Memory will be initialized. Then, the initialized list be output.

1

Memory clear is executed.

2

The result that says initialized is printed. NOTE: The life counter, and the adjustment values of the top void and

the large LCD contrast are not cleared.

L) Flash Memory check

This is a mode to check that the flash memory acts normally. The flash memories shown in the following table are checked.

No. Flash memory

1 2 3 4 ——1.0 sec.ON / 0.5 sec.OFF 5 ——

NOR-Flash (Standard) NAND-Flash (Standard) NAND-Flash (Option)

Number of buzzer sound <Long sound> 1 time <Short sound>: <Long sounds> 2 times <Long sounds> 3 times <Long sounds>:

Remarks

0.5 sec.ON / 0.5 sec.OFF

• NAND-Flash (optional) is valid only when the optional memory is

mounted.

1

The NOR flash memory test is executed.

NOR FLASH CHECK S — — — — — — — E

2

The concerned alarm buzzer sounds only when the error occurs.

3

The NAND flash memory test is executed.

NAND FLASH CHECK S — — — — — — — E

4

The concerned alarm buzzer sounds only when the error occurs.

5

The result is printed.

NOTE:

• During operation of this diagnosis, dual operation is not possible at all.

• If this is excessively repeated, it will shorten the life of the flash memory.

2 – 4

FO-DC600U

MEMORY SET MODE AD = 00000000

Cursor

STAMP AGING TIMES = 13 PAGES = 1

Print total number of times

Page number

M) All FAX/TEL. entry mode

This is a function to copy the FAX and TEL numbers registered in the one-touch dialing (RAPID) key [01] to the all one-touch dialing (RAPID) key and the all abbreviated number (SPEED DIAL) to simplify the FAX and TEL number registration at the time of aging. (Only the E-MAIL can be used for the network models.)

1

Copy the FAX/TEL number or the E-MAIL stored in the RAPID key [01] to all RAPID keys.

2

Copy the FAX/TEL number or the E-MAIL stored in the RAPID key [01] to all SPEED DIAL numbers.

3

If the chain dial is not set for the RAPID key, or RAPID key [01] stores the E-MAIL, the RAPID keys [02] – [59] and all SPEED DIAL numbers are stored in the group number [01].

4

Enter all registered one-touch send (RAPID) keys and speed dial

numbers (SPEED DIAL) on the personal books [01] - [10]. Following this, set the password registration and the password setting to ON, and set the TTI setting to OFF.

The call-receiver names and book names are specified as follows:

Rapid R XX XX : Rapid key send SPEED DIAL S XXX XXX Personal book BOOK XX XX : Book number

(The letters after 16th letter of the call-receiver’s name registered in the one-touch dialing [01] are cut off.) NOTE: Before entering this mode, a FAX/TEL number or an E-MAIL

must be stored in the RAPID key [01]. (This program will not be executed if there is no data stored, or otherwise a program or a group is registered.)

: Speed dial number

N) Dept. passcode

The department passcode list is printed.

O) Conf. passcode

The confidential passcode list is printed. Differing from printing of one box alone soon after registration, the confidential passcodes of all boxes are printed.

P) Signal send mode 2

The signals concerned with V.34 & V.8 are checked. It can be used to check the modem. When the START key is pressed, silence signal (make loop) will be executed. The following signals are sent by pressing the START key thereafter.

[ 1] No signal (make loop) [ 2] 33600BPS (V. 34) [ 3] 31200BPS (V. 34) [ 4] 28800BPS (V. 34) [ 5] 26400BPS (V. 34) [ 6] 24000BPS (V. 34) [ 7] 21600BPS (V. 34) [ 8] 19200BPS (V. 34) [ 9] 16800BPS (V. 34) [10] 14400BPS (V. 34) [11] 12000BPS (V. 34) [12] 9600BPS (V. 34) [13] 7200BPS (V. 34) [14] 4800BPS (V. 34) [15] 2400BPS (V. 34)

[16] 0 - 300BPS (V. 34) [17] ANSam

Q) Memory set mode

The set and dump list of the memory content is output.

• The address (8 digits (P) generally including the bank information is

input, and the data of 2 digits is continuously input. Inputting is done in the hexadecimal mode. The ten-key is used for 0 through 9, and the alphabetic keys A (RAPID 01 through 06) are used for A through F.

MEMORY SET MODE AD = A02800F6 DATA = 0B

• During data inputting, the address can be moved forward and back-

ward one byte by one byte with " " and "#". (The address prior to the address 0 is looped as the maximum address.)

• The Validity of the address is not checked. Accordingly , writing/ read-

ing operations are possible in the address of the memory not assigned, the address of ROM and so on. (However, as practical, writing is not done, and the data content runs short each reading.) Though writing is possible in the flash memory, a little time is required. It is also necessary to take care that the life of the flash memory is excessively shortened if much data is written in the flash memory. Since it may run away depending the written content, take minute care for the writing address.

• When the REPORT key is input, the memory dump list is produced

from the displayed address (here, it is limited at the 16-byte boundary address (address with end 0) which does not exceed the specified address and is just in front.). The dump list is output to a maximum of 99 pages. If any data of one page can be repeatedly developed and printed, the list is sufficient. But it is not desired that the content of plural pages are developed in the memory once and are then printed. If the STOP key is pressed, it will pass to the diagnosis after the page which is now being printed is completed printed. If the address exceeds the maximum address, it will return to the address 0 and printing will be continued.

R) Stamp aging mode

This is a mode to execute the continuous drive aging of the Verification stamp.

1

Set the document and press down the “START” key and the continuous drive of the Verification stamp starts.

2

Send the document at the interval of 10 mm and stamp the Verification stamp continuously. The total number of times of Verification stamp printing after entering this mode is displayed on the display.

• Displayed screen during execution

3

By pressing down the “STOP” key during the action, or when no more document is left, the continuous drive of the Verification stamp stops.

NOTE:

• In case that the document is not set, this cannot be executed.

• The normal action aging that one V erification stamp is pressed on one

sheet of document is executed in the normal copying.

2 – 5

FO-DC600U

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

S) Dial test mode

The mode is used to inspect whether dialing is accurate in two kinds of dial modes . All data which can be dialed in this mode are automatically called up in both PB mode and DP mode.

[In case that 2 line optional is not mounted.]

1

Turn on CML, and dial the following in the PB mode. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, , 0, #

2

Dial the following in the DP mode. 1, 5, 9, 0

3

After dialing, turn off CML. NOTE: This mode uses the ordinary auto dial. (Accordingly, the signal sending time and minimum pause are all the same as ordinary. The measurement result in this mode is completely all the same as in the ordinary dial mode.)

T) Copy diag mode

This mode is for automatic mode selection of copy to reduce the time for treatment at the time of production.

1

Set 2 sheets of document. (No problem if there are 2 sheets or

more.)

2

3 sheet continuous copy: 1st sheet in the FINE AUTO

2nd sheet and after that are copied in the H-TONE DARK.

NOTE: Input of the image quality and the darkness keys is invalid in this mode.

U) LCD check mode

This is an item to check that the LCD acts normally.

1

The screen for selecting the contrast adjustment mode and the “H”

display mode appears.

2-2. Print diagnosis

Rapid key 01: Area print mode 1

The effective printing area frame is printed in the specified sheet size.

The data pattern used here are as follows and 1 data 30 mm is printed.

1. [Full black pattern]

2. [Intermediate tone 2 pattern] The left pattern is repeated.

U:LCD CHECK MODE 1=CONT.ADJ 2=TEST DISP

2

Select the mode using the “←” or “→” keys or otherwise dial keys “1”

or “2”.

[When the contrast adjustment mode is selected]

3

Adjust with the “←” or “→” keys so that both right and left halves of

the “A” can be recognized.

CONTRAST=-9 TEMP=+25

A

[When the “H” display mode is selected]

3

Turn on the backlight so that the whole screen shows “H”.

(26 letters x 9 lines)

HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH

V) Personal book list

The PASSCODE of the personal book 00 to 10 are output.

W) Font list print mode

The font list that can be used in the network function is printed.

X) No function

[Only when network function is mounted]

3. [Intermediate tone 1 pattern]

The left pattern is repeated.

4. [Mesh point pattern] The left pattern is repeated.

5. [Longitudinal strip 2 pattern]

Black 2 dot and white 2 dot are repeated in line.

6. [Lateral strip 2 pattern]

Black 2 line and white 2 line are repeated.

7. [Longitudinal strip 1 pattern]

Black 1 dot and white 1 dot are repeated in line.

8. [Full White pattern]

2 – 6

FO-DC600U

MACH INE

DRUM

L

LIFE

IFE1

= 0123

FEEDER L IFE=

=

LIFE2

=

LIFE3

=

0

key

# key

001230

0

FEEDER L IFE= 001230

Rapid key 02: Check pattern 1

The lateral stripe 2 pattern is printed on one sheet. (Black 2 line and white 2 line are repeated.)

Rapid key 03: Check pattern 2

The lateral stripe 2 pattern is printed on multiple pages. Press the STOP key to end the printing.

Rapid key 04: Check pattern 3

The intermediate tone 1 is printed on one sheet.

Rapid key 05: Check pattern 4

In this mode, 1 sheet is printed as to the square frame pattern for the skew measurement.

Rapid key 06: Paper feed aging 1

The mode is used for aging related to the printing. In this mode, the following modes are provided.

1

Blank paper aging mode (ALL WHITE AGING)

2

Whole black print aging mode (ALL BLACK AGING)

3

5% printing aging mode (5% AGING)

4

4% printing aging mode (4% AGING)

5

Outer frame check pattern

6

4% check pattern After selecting the paper-pass aging mode in the print diagnosis mode, input the number of each mode above with the ten-key, and the mode will be executed. The detailed specifications of each mode are described as follows. Here, the operation in each mode is stopped only when the STOP key is pressed by the operator or a printing-impossible error occurs.

• Blank paper aging mode

In the mode, printing is continued in the whole white (white paper) printing pattern until the STOP key is pressed by the operator . (In the printing area)

• Whole black printing aging mode

In the mode, printing is continued in the whole black (whole black) printing pattern until the STOP key is pressed by the operator. (In the printing area)

• 5% aging mode

In this mode, the 5% print pattern is repeatedly printed until the [STOP] key is pressed by the operator.

• Outer frame pattern aging mode

In this mode, the outer frame check pattern is repeatedly printed until the [STOP] key is pressed by the operator. For the outer frame, only the frame showing the printing area is printed.

• 4% chart aging mode

In this mode, the 4% chart is repeatedly printed until the [STOP] key is pressed by the operator.

Rapid key 07: Paper feed aging 2

This is a mode that is used for aging related to printing, and there are following modes. And also as to the print interval 5 sec. – 12 hour can be set.

1. Print pattern

1

Blank paper

3

5% print pattern

5

Outer frame check pattern

2. Print interval (Time between finishing and starting the printing.)

Settable range: 1 – 300 seconds

3. Number of print repetitions (Number of repetitions.)

Settable range: 125 – 1250 times

4. Number of printouts (Number of serial printings at a time.)

Settable range: 1 – 10 sheets

To execute, enter the above items with the ten keys after selecting the mode. Refer to “Paper feed aging 1” for the details of print patterns. In any of the mode, the operation will be interrupted only when the “STOP” key is pressed by the operator, or an error which makes printing impossible occurs.

2 4 6

All black 4% print pattern 4% chart pattern

Rapid key 08: Bias adjust mode

The mode is used to adjust the printing density of the printed image. The image printing density is adjustable in seven steps of 1 to 7. For details, refer to the following table. (For selection, use the keys 1 through 7.)

Image printing density Thin ←→Thick

12345 67

Default value

Rapid key 09: Life set mode

The mode is used to set the life counter of the printer and the counter of the auto feeder at desired values. For setting, proceed with the following procedure.

1

When the life counter setting mode is selected, the following will be is displayed.

The cursor blinks at the top data. Five counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys.

2

In the state 1, input a desired setting number of 6 digits with the tenkey.

3

After input of 6 digits, shift to another counter with the "#" and " " keys as necessary. When all necessary counters are completely input, press the START key.

4

"STORED" will be displayed with the set values stored into the memory. For checking, retry this mode.

NOTE: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how many

sheets have been printed since start of use?). The ordinary memory does not reset the counter. Accordingly, it is necessary to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it is necessary to execute this in the last process.)

Rapid key 10: Life all clear

The mode is used to clear the life counter of the printer of the counter of the auto feeder.

NOTE: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how many

sheets have been printed since start of use?). The ordinary memory does not reset the counter. Accordingly, it is necessary to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it is necessary to execute this in the last process.)

2 – 7

FO-DC600U

Rapid key 11: Life entry mode (For Serviceman temporary counter)

The mode is used to set a desired value for the judgment value (alarm judgment counter value) of the general purpose life counters 1 through 3 of the printer. If the life of a consumable part (developer , imprinter , etc) is set, the model which has the error display and RMS function will inform RMS when the counter reaches the set value. For setting, proceed with the following procedure.

1

When the life counter setting mode is selected, the following will be displayed.

LI FE1= 0000

# key

LI FE2= 0000

LI FE3= 0000

The cursor blinks at the top data. Three counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys.

2

In the state 1 , input a desired setting number of 6 digits with the ten-key.

3

After input of 6 digits, shift to another counter with the "#" and " " keys as necessary. When all necessary counters are completely input, press the START key.

4

"STORED" will be displayed with the set values stored into the memory. For checking, retry this mode.

NOTE: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how many

sheets have been printed since start of use?). The ordinary memory does not reset the counter. Accordingly, it is necessary to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it is necessary to execute this in the last process.)

0

key

2

In the state 1, input the DEL key , and the counter will be respectively cleared.

3

“CLEARED” is displayed and clearing is complete. After ending one clear, move to another counter to clear with the “#” key, “ ” key, if necessary. After clearing the necessary counter press down the “STOP” key.

NOTE: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how many

sheets have been printed since start of use?). The ordinary memory does not reset the counter. Accordingly, it is necessary to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it is necessary to execute this in the last process.)

Rapid key 12: Life clear mode

The mode is used to respectively clear the life counter of the printer and the counter of the auto feeder. For setting, proceed with the following procedure.

1

When the life counter clearing mode is selected, the following will be

is displayed.

C

LEAR

C

LEAR

C

LEAR

C

LEAR

C

key

# key

MACH INE

DRUM

FEEDER L IFE LEAR

TONER L IFE LEAR

LIFE

L

IFE1

LIFE2

LIFE3

Seven counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys.

2 – 8

3. How to make soft switch setting

To enter the soft switch mode, make the following key entries in sequence.

FO-DC600U

Press

MENU

9 8 7 START ASTART

S W 01 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S W 01 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S W 01 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S W 01 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S W 01 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

S W 02 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S W 99 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Press MENU key.

Press key.

Bit1 - 8 are set.

Press key during setting.

START

Soft SW02 - 99 are set.

To finish the settings halfway between SW01 and SW99, press the STOP key. In this case, the setting being done to the SW No. on display will be nullified while settings done to the preceding SW No. remain in effect.

• SW1 to SW22 : For Line-1

• SW23 to SW44 : For Line-2

The soft switch mode is terminated.

2 – 9

FO-DC600U

4. Soft switch description

• Soft switch

SW

DA TA

NO.

1 Recall interval Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 2 No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 1 Set to 1~15 3 EX 0101 0

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4 3 No. 3 1 0 0 0 0 1

SW5

4 eg. Recall interval is set to 5 min. 1 5 Recall times Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 6 No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 Set to 0~14 7 EX 0010 1 8 eg. Recall times is set to 2 times. 0 1 Dial mode PULSE TONE 0 2 Receive mode AUTO MANUAL 1 3 ECM mode Off On 0 OPTION 4 Reserved 0 5 Polling security On Off 1 OPTION 6 Auto cover sheet No Yes 1 OPTION 7 JUNK-FAX function in manual reception Yes No 0 8 JUNK-FAX function Yes No 0 OPTION 1 Number of rings for auto-receive Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 2 (0: No ring receive) No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 0 Set to 0~9 3 EX 0001 0 4 eg. Number of rings for auto receive is set to 1 time. 1 5 Switch to auto-receive from manual receive Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 6 (0: No switch) No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 Set to 0~9 7 EX 0000 0 8 eg. Switch to auto receive is set to disable. 0

Communication results printout Printed at Printed at Printed at

1 No. 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 2 No. 2 0 0 1 0 1 0

4 Image addition function to the communication On Off 1 OPTION

result table (for memory transmission only) 5 Reserved 0 6 TEL billing code function On Off 0 OPTION 7 Billing code position Before After 1 OPTION 8 Multi-TTI feature On Off 0 OPTION 1 Time display format 24 hours 12 hours-AM/PM 0 2 Date display format Month-Day-Year Day-Month-Year 1 3 Header print Off On 0 4 Footer print On Off 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Substitute reception Off On 0 7 Substitute reception conditions Reception disable without TSI Reception enable without TSI 0 8 CSI transmission Off On 0

ITEM

error only

Switch setting and function

10

error/timer/ memory sion mode only only

transmis- every time

Not printed

Printed OPTION

Initial

setting

Remarks

2 – 10

FO-DC600U

SW

DA TA

NO.

1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group) On Off 1 2 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group) option On Off 0 3 MMR On Off 1 4MR On Off 1

SW6

SW7 comm.

SW8

SW9

Modem speed V.33 V.17 V. 29 V. 27ter

5 No. 5 0011110000 1 6 No. 6 1100000000 0 7 No. 7 0101010110 0 8 No. 8 0000111100 0

Reception speed fixed NO V. 17- V. 29- V. 27ter-

1 No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 No. 2 0 1 1 0 0 3 DIS receive acknowledge during Twice Once in NSF reception, twice 0 Effective to

G3 transmission in DIS reception international

4 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 On Off 0

transmission mode 5 CNG send when manual TX On Off 1 6 Protocol monitor On Off 0 7 Line monitor On Off 0 8 Reserved 0

Compromised equalizer RECEPTION 0Km 1.8Km 3.6Km 7.2Km Valid when 1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 transmitting 2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 3 H2 mode No Yes 0

Signal transmission level Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

4 EX 0 1 1 0 1 (For U.S.A.) 0 0 5 EX 0 1 0 0 0 (For Canada) 1 1 6 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 1 0 7 00 8 10

CED tone signal interval 75ms 500ms 750ms 1000ms 1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 3 Equalizer freeze On Off 0 4 Equalizer freeze conditions All 7200bps 0 5 CED detection time 500ms 1000ms 0

Alarm buzzer 3sec 1sec No BEEP No BEEP 6 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 7 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 8 Action when RTN received Handle to error Handle to no error 0

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

14400 12000 14400 12000

No. = 4 5 6 7 8 (Data No.)

9600 7200 9600 7200 4800 2400

14400bps 9600bps 4800bps

Initial

setting

When 14400 MODEM used,

setting to 14400 ignored.

For For

U.S.A. Canada

Remarks

bps

is

2 – 11

FO-DC600U

SW NO.

SW10

SW11

SW12

SW13

SW14

DA TA

NO.

1 Memory retransmission times Binary input 8 4 2 1 1 OPTION 2 No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 0 3 EX 1010 1 4 eg. Retransmission time set to 10 times. 0 5 Memory retransmission interval Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 6 No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 7 EX 0010 1 8 0 1 V.34 mode transmission speed Sending speed = 2400 (bps) x (N+1) 1 2 Example : 1 3 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 1 4 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=14. 0 5 V.34 mode receiving speed Receiving speed = 2400 (bps) x (N+1) 1 6 Example : 1 7 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 1 8 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=14. 0 1

V.34 mode function in case of manual communication 2 V.34 mode function On Off 1 3 V.34 control channel communication speed 2400bps 1200bps 0

EOL detection timer 13sec 25sec 5sec 5sec 4 No. 4 0 0 1 1 0 5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 0

Processing of DIS reception after DIS

transmission 6 No. 6 0 0 1 1 0 7 No. 7 0 1 0 1 0 8 The change to DB from DP by Yes No 0

DTMF output level (High) Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

1 EX 0 1 1 0 0 (For U.S.A.) 0 0 2 EX 0 1 0 0 0 (For Canada) 1 1 3 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 1 0 4 00 5 00 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

DTMF output level (Low) Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

1 EX 1 0 0 0 0 (For U.S.A.) 1 0 2 EX 0 1 1 0 0 (For Canada) 0 1 3 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 0 1 4 00 5 00 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

On Off 1

Switch setting and function

10

Command

retransmitting

No. = 1 2 3 4 5 (Data No.) n x 0.5dBm

A line is Apply to T.30+ α

cut T.30

Initial

setting

For For

U.S.A. Canada

For For

U.S.A. Canada

Remarks

2 – 12

FO-DC600U

SW

NO.

SW15

SW16

SW17

SW18

SW19

SW20

DA TA

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0

Cl Signal OFF detect enable time 5 No. 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 7 No. 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0

Distinctive ringing OFF STD RING1RING2 RING3 RING4 RING5 5 No. 5 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 6 No. 6 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 7 No. 7 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 8 No. 8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

(ms)

Switch setting and function

10

200 300 350 400 500 700 1200

Initial

setting

Remarks

2 – 13

FO-DC600U

SW NO.

SW21

SW22

SW23

SW24

SW25

SW26

SW27

DA TA

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0

Busy tone detection frequency 4 No. 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 0 6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

Service condition for line-1 Line-1 TX/RX TX/RX RX only RX only Other

1 No. 1 0 0 0 0 Default 0 2 No. 2 0 0 1 1 Setting 0 3 No. 3 0 1 0 1 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 1 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0 1 Dial mode PULSE TONE 0 2 Receive mode for line-2 AUTO MANUAL 1 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Number of rings for auto-receive Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 2 (0: No ring receive) No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 0 Set to 0~9 3EX00010 4 eg. Number of rings for auto receive is set to 1 time. 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0

2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 1 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

520~640Hz 300~600Hz 380~500Hz

(AUTO) (MANU) (AUTO) (MANU) Setting

Reserve Reserve

Initial

setting

Remarks

2 – 14

FO-DC600U

SW

NO.

SW28

SW29

SW30

SW31

SW32

SW33

DA TA

NO.

1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group) On Off 1 2 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group) option On Off 0 3 MMR On Off 1 4MR On Off 1

Modem speed V.33 V.17 V. 29 V. 27ter

5 No. 5 0 011110000 1 6 No. 6 1 100000000 0 7 No. 7 0 101010110 0 8 No. 8 0 000111100 0

Reception speed fixed NO V. 17- V. 29- V. 27ter-

1 No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 No. 2 0 1 1 0 0 3 DIS receive acknowledge during Twice Once in NSF reception, twice 0 Effective to

G3 transmission in DIS reception international

4 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 On Off 0

transmission mode 5 CNG send when manual TX On Off 1 6 Protocol monitor On Off 0 7 Line monitor On Off 0 8 Reserved 0

Compromised equalizer RECEPTION 0Km 1.8Km 3.6Km 7.2Km Valid when 1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 transmitting 2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 3 H2 mode No Yes 0

Signal transmission level Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

4 EX 0 1 1 0 1 (For U.S.A.) 0 0 5 EX 0 1 0 0 0 (For Canada) 1 1 6 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 1 0 7 00 8 10

CED tone signal interval 75ms 500ms 750ms 1000ms 1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 3 Equalizer freeze On Off 0 4 Equalizer freeze conditions All 7200bps 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1

2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0 1 V.34 mode transmission speed Sending speed = 2400 (bps) x (N+1) 1 2 Example : 1 3 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 1 4 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=14. 0 5 V.34 mode receiving speed Receiving speed = 2400 (bps) x (N+1) 1 6 Example : 1 7 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 1 8 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=14. 0

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

14400 12000 14400 12000

No. = 4 5 6 7 8 (Data No.)

9600 7200 9600 7200 4800 2400

14400bps 9600bps 4800bps

Initial

setting

When 14400 MODEM used, setting to 14400 ignored.

comm.

For For

U.S.A. Canada

Remarks

bps

is

2 – 15

FO-DC600U

SW NO.

SW34

SW35

SW36

SW37

SW38

SW39

DATA

NO.

1 Reserved 1 2 V.34 mode function On Off 1 3 V.34 control channel communication speed 2400bps 1200bps 0

EOL detection timer 13sec 25sec 5sec 5sec 4 No. 4 0 0 1 1 0 5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 0

Processing of DIS reception after DIS

transmission 6 No. 6 0 0 1 1 0 7 No. 7 0 1 0 1 0 8 Reserved 0

DTMF output level (High) Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

1 EX 0 1 1 0 0 (For U.S.A.) 0 0 2 EX 0 1 0 0 0 (For Canada) 1 1 3 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 1 0 4 00 5 00 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

DTMF output level (Low) Binary input 16 8 4 2 1

1 EX 1 0 0 0 0 (For U.S.A.) 1 0 2 EX 0 1 1 0 0 (For Canada) 0 1 3 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 0 1 4 00 5 00 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0

Distinctive ringing OFF STD RING1RING2 RING3 RING4 RING5 5 No. 5 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 6 No. 6 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 7 No. 7 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 8 No. 8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

Command

retransmitting

No. = 1 2 3 4 5 (Data No.) n x 0.5dBm

A line is Apply to T.30+ α

cut T.30

Initial

setting

For For

U.S.A. Canada

For For

U.S.A. Canada

Remarks

2 – 16

FO-DC600U

SW

NO.

SW40

SW41

SW42

SW43

SW44

SW45

DAT A

NO.

1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

DTMF detection time 75ms 500ms 750ms 1000ms 1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0

Busy tone detection frequency 4 No. 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 0 6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

Service condition for line-2 Line-2 TX/RX TX only RX only Other Setting

1 No. 1 0 0 0 0 2 No. 2 0 0 1 Default Setting 0 3 No. 3 0 1 0 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

520~640Hz 300~600Hz 380~500Hz

(AUTO) (AUTO)

Reserve Reserve

Initial

setting

Remarks

2 – 17

FO-DC600U

SW NO.

SW46

SW47

SW48

SW49

SW50

SW51

DATA

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

Initial

setting

Remarks

2 – 18

FO-DC600U

SW

NO.

SW52

SW53

SW54

SW55

SW56

SW57

DA TA

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

Initial

setting

Remarks

2 – 19

FO-DC600U

SW NO.

SW58

SW59

SW60

SW61

SW62

SW63

DA TA

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 F.A.S.T. (RMS) mode On Off 0 2 F.A.S.T. line Line 2 Line 1 0 3 Verification stamp Yes No 0 Invalid if not

4 Day light saving No Yes 1

Key buzzer volume Off High Low Low 5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 1 6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

Speaker volume High High Middle Low 1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 1 2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 1 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0

Ringer volume Off High Middle Low 5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 1 6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

Backlight setting Always Off 3 min. 10 min. 15 min. OPTION 1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 1 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

Initial

setting

Remarks

mounted

2 – 20

FO-DC600U

SW

NO.

SW64

SW65

SW66

SW67

SW68

DA TA

NO.

1 Header registration On Off 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Continuous serial polling On Off 0

Time interval for continuous serial polling OPTION

4 No. 4 0 0 1 1 0 5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Quick on line function Yes No 1

Cassette selection Manual Auto-1 Auto-2 Auto-1 OPTION 1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 1

The 1st priority cassette None Tray 3 No. 3 0 0 0 0 Other 0 4 No. 4 0 0 1 1 5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 0

The 2nd priority cassette None Tray 6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 Other 0 7 No. 7 0 0 1 1 8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 1

The 3rd priority cassette None Tray 1 No. 1 0 0 0 0 Other 0 2 No. 2 0 0 1 1 3 No. 3 0 1 0 1 1

Cassette selection of separate page None Tray 4 No. 4 0 0 1 1 0 5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 1 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

Power save mode ON OFF OPTION 1 No.1 0 0 0 2 No.2 0 1 0

Density adjustment of print bias Binary input 4 2 1 set to 1~7. 3 No. = 3 4 5 (Data No.) 1: faint 6: deep 1 set to 0, is 4 EX 1 0 0 0 equal to 4 5 eg. Bias is set to level 4. 0 (100)

Drum life detection 6 No. 6 0 0 1 1 1 7 No. 7 0 1 0 1 1 8 Reserved 0

Distinctive ring pattern U.S.A. Canada Australia Hong Kong

1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

0 min. 30 min. 60 min. 120 min.

No Detection

1st Cass. N/A

Over only

1st Cass. N/A

Near and Over Near and Over

Tray OPTION

Combination

Tray OPTION

Combination

Tray OPTION

Combination

Initial

setting

When SW64 -No.3 is on, option setting

It is effective only when

1

No.31-1/2 are set up of manual

It is effective only when

1

No.31-1/2 are set up of manual

It is effective only when

1

No.31-1/2 are set up of manual

For For

U.S.A. Canada

Remarks

can be set up

OPTION

2 – 21

FO-DC600U

SW NO.

SW69

SW70

SW71

SW72

SW73

SW74

DA TA

NO.

1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1

The default resolution for copying Standard Fine S-Fine U-Fine OPTION 1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 1

Reserved 0

3

4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 0

Picture quality priority mode Standard Fine S-Fine U-Fine OPTION 6 No. 6 0 0 1 1 0 7 No. 7 0 1 0 1 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0

Data reduction AUTO 100% 6 (Except notation: Setting prohibition) No. 6 0 1 Set up to 100% except the 0 7 No. 7 0 0 notation 0 8 No. 8 0 0 0 1 Automatic printing of activity report Yes (When memory full) 2

Print out of total time and total number of pages on activity report 3 Reserved 0 4 Department function On Off 0 5 Department ID digit Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 6 No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 1 set to 3~9 7 EX 0100 0 8 eg. Department ID is set to 4 digits 0

ITEM

Off On 0

Switch setting and function

10

No (First data is cleared when memory full)

Initial

setting

Remarks

The number in ( ) is

applicable for the

footer print on. Auto

is equivalent to 100%.

0 OPTION

2 – 22

FO-DC600U

SW

NO.

SW75

SW76

SW77

SW78

SW79

SW80

DA TA

NO.

1 Copy protect switch On Off 0 2 Cut-off mode (when copy mode) Continue Cut-of f 0 OPTION 3 Scanning ratio in memory input 1 : 1 Reduce 0 4

Overseas communication mode selection function

5 Reserved 0

Reduce ratio when copy mode AUTO 100% 6 (Except notation: Setting prohibition) No. 6 0 1 Set up to 100% except the 1 7 No. 7 0 0 notation 0 8 No. 8 0 0 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0

Density adjustment (when Fine/STD mode) Normal Faint Deep 3 No. 3 0 0 1 1 0 4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 0

Density adjustment (when Half-tone mode) Normal Faint Deep 5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 7 MTF correction in half-tone mode On Off 1 8 MTF intensity in half-tone mode Strong Weak 0 1 Cassette define LTR/A4: Tray A4 LTR 0 2 Cassette define LTR/A4: Upper A4 LTR 0 3 Cassette define LTR/A4: Lower A4 LTR 0 Ignore when

4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Secure billing code Yes No 0 2 Pause with SHIFT key Yes No 0

3 Reserved 0 4 Z key pause time Binary input 16 8 4 2 1 0 5 (250ms unit) No. = 4 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 6 EX 00000 0 7 eg. Pause time 250ms 0 8 Time=(n+1) x 250ms 0 1 Separate feature On Off 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Addition of header (Sender information) On Off 1 6 DTMF sending by the panel test On Off 0 7 Power save mode Real time Timer 1 8 Ring control for line-2 ON OFF 0

ITEM

Yes No 0

Switch setting and function

10

Deep (when Dark mode)

Initial

setting

Remarks

Memory scanning

When W cassette

W cassette

Only when special

billing code is given.

Only when the

special billing code

is given. The

ordinary pause is

not affected.

2 – 23

FO-DC600U

SW NO.

SW81

SW82

SW83

SW84

SW85

SW86

SW87

DATA

NO.

1 Reserved 1 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 1 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 File name (Unique identifier) On Off 0 2 File name (Session page counter) On Off 0 3 File name (Date & Time) On Off 1 4 File name (Profile name) On Off 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

Initial

setting

Remarks

2 – 24

FO-DC600U

SW

NO.

SW88

SW89

SW90

SW91

SW92

SW93

DAT A

NO.

Default file format TIFF TIFF-F PDF 1 No. 1 0 1 0 0 2 No. 2 0 0 1 0

3 No. 3 1 0 0 1 4 No. 4 0 1 0 0

The default resolution for Network Scanning Standard Fine S-Fine U-Fine 5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 1 3 Waiting time after dialing 90sec 4 Show receiver’s name Yes (Show) No (Hide) 1 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

G4 G3-1d

The specification of each country is followed

UNCOMPRESSED

Initial

setting

0

Remarks

2 – 25

FO-DC600U

SW NO.

SW94

SW95

SW96

SW97

SW98

SW99

DATA

NO.

1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 1 6 Reserved 1 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Network print : Auto continue Value 0 1 2 34567 0 2 On/off off on on on on on on on 0 3 Time 0s 10s 20s 30s 60s 90s 120s 0 4 Network print : Default paper size A4 LETTER 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 1 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 0 3 Reserved 0 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 0 8 Reserved 0 1 Reserved 0 2 Reserved 1 3 Reserved 1 4 Reserved 0 5 Reserved 0 6 Reserved 0 7 Reserved 1 8 Reserved 1

ITEM

Switch setting and function

10

Initial

setting

Remarks

2 – 26

FO-DC600U

• Soft switch function description

SW1 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Recall interval

Choice is made for a recall interval for speed and rapid dial numbers. Use a binary number to program this. If set to 0 accidentally, 1 will be assumed.

SW1 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Recall times

Choice is made as to how many recall times should be made. Use a binary number to program this.

SW2 No. 1 Dial mode

Switch the type according to the telephone circuit connected to the facsimile.

0: PULSE DIAL 1: TONE DIAL

SW2 No. 2 Receive mode

Auto/manual receiving mode is set.

SW2 No. 3 ECM mode

Used to determine ECM mode function.

SW2 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW2 No. 5 Polling security

This switch is employed to enable or disable the polling operation using the ID code verification function, in order to prevent unauthorized polling operation.

SW2 No. 6 Auto cover sheet

When "1" (=YES) is selected, the cover sheet is automatically sent after transmission of the original to notify the receiver of the number of original sheets transmitted.

SW2 No. 7 JUNK-FAX function in manual reception

It is set whether JUNK-FAX is functioned in the manual receiving mode or not.

SW2 No. 8 JUNK-FAX function

This function is used to receive data from a specific remote machine (station registered in entry mode). It is the function that refused a reception in the case that TSI of remote machine matched with fax number of the station registered.

0: No 1: Yes

SW3 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Number of rings for auto-receive (0: No ring receive)

When the machine is set in the auto receive mode, the number of rings before answering can be selected. It may be set from one to nine rings using a binary number. If the soft switch was set to 1, a direct connection is made to the facsimile. If it was set to 0 accidentally, receive ring is set to 1. If it was above 9, receive rings are set to 9.

SW3 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Switch to auto-receive from manual receive (0: No switch)

This setting allows machine to switch from manual to Auto Receive mode. Setting this number to 0 forces machine to stay in Manual receive mode. Entering the binary number 0 forces the machine to remain in the manual answer mode. If a number between 1 and 9 is entered, the machine will go into the answer mode after the given number of rings. However, it can be used as an ordinary telephone if the handset is taken off the hook before this programmed number is finished. If entry of a number above 9 by accident, it will be set to 9. In this case, it must be corrected to the proper number.

SW4 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Communication results printout

It is possible to obtain communication results after each transaction. Normally, the switch is set (No. 1: 0, No. 2: 0, No. 3: 1) so that the communication result is produced only a communication error is encountered. If No. 1 was set to 1, No. 2 was set to 1 and No. 3 was set to 0, the communication result will be produced every time a communication is done, even if the communication was successful.

If No. 1 was set to 0, No. 2 to 1 and No. 3 to 0, the communication result will be produced every transmission.

Setting No. 1 to 1 No. 2 to 0 and No. 3 to 0 will disable this function. No transaction report will be printed.

If No. 1 was set to 0, No. 2 to 0 and No. 3 to 0, the communication result is produced only after a timer and memory transmission or when a communication error is encountered.

SW4 No. 4 Image addition function to the communication result table (for memory transmission only)

Used to set addition of sending image to the communication result table.

SW4 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW4 No. 6 TEL billing code function

When set to "1", the TEL billing code function is enabled.

SW4 No. 7 Billing code position

When set to "1", the billing code is delivered before dialing the remote number. When set to "0", the billing code is delivered after dialing.

SW4 No. 8 Multi-TTI feature

When this switch is set to "1", Multi TTI function is enabled.

SW5 No. 1 Time display format

When this switch is set to "0", time is displayed in 12-hour system. When set to "1", 24-hour system.

SW5 No. 2 Date display format

Used to select date display/print formats.

0: DAY-Month-Y ear 1: Month-DAY-Y ear

SW5 No. 3 Header print

When it is set at 0, sender’s name, sending page number and so on are automatically printed in the recording paper on the receiving side during transmission. Thus, the sender can be known on the receiving side.

0: Applied. 1: Not applied.

SW5 No. 4 Footer print

When set to "1", the date of reception, the sender machine No., and the page No. are automatically recorded at the end of reception.

SW5 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW5 No. 6 Substitute reception

Selection of substitute reception in the case of recording paper ex-hausted or paper jam. If set to "NO", auto receive is disabled even when the receive memory is ready to receive.

Substitute reception is not performed even during receive operation.

SW5 No. 7 Substitute reception conditions

Selection of substitute reception according to existence of TEL number from transmitting side. Initial setting allows substitute reception without CSI. If set to "no", the receiver cannot receive any documents

SW5 No. 8 CSI transmission

CSI signal contains the sender’s phone number registered in the machine. If this switch is set to "1", no sender’s name will be printed at the receiving side.

SW6 No. 1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group)

An image compression encoding method recommended by ITU-T . It realizes 2-second transmission when the power is turned on.

SW6 No. 2 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group) option

An optional function for JBIG.

SW6 No. 3 MMR

MMR (Modified MR) selects presence of the compression function.

2 – 27

FO-DC600U

SW6 No. 4 MR

MR (Modified READ) selects presence of the compression function.

SW6 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Modem speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed. The default is 14400BPS(V.17). It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed when frequent line fallback is encountered, in order to save the time required for the fallback procedure.

SW7 No. 1, No. 2 Reception speed fixed

The transferable speed of modem in the receiving mode is set.

SW7 No. 3 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission

Used to make a choice of whether reception of NSF (DIS) is acknowledged after receiving two NSFs (DISs) or receiving one NSF (two DISs).

It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.

SW7 No. 4 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 transmission mode

Though transmission of a non-modulated carrier is not required for transmission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT Recommendation, it may be permitted to send a non-modulated carrier before the image signal to avoid an echo suppression problem. It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.

SW7 No. 5 CNG send when manual TX

CNG signal sending ON/OFF in case of manual transmission is set.

SW7 No. 6 Protocol monitor

Normally set to "0". If set to "1", communication can be checked, in case of troubles, without using a G3 tester or other tools.

When communication FSK data transmission or reception is made, the data is taken into buffer. When communication is finished, the data analyzed and printed out. When data is received with the line monitor (SW7-No. 7) set to "1" the reception level is also printed out.

SW7 No. 7 Line monitor

Normally set to "0". If set to "1", the transmission speed and the reception level are displayed on the LCD. Used for line tests.

SW7 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW8 No. 1, No. 2 Compromised equalizer

The specific line equalizer is inserted.

No. 1 No. 2

0 0 The line equalizer built in the modem is turned off. 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 1.8 km 1 0 Line equalizer corresponding to 3.6 km 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 7.2 km

SW8 No. 3 H2 mode

Used to determine H2 mode (15sec transmission mode). When set to OFF, H2 mode is inhibited even though the transmitting machine has H2 mode.

SW8 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Signal transmission level

Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of –0dB to –31dB.

SW9 No. 1, No. 2 CED tone signal interval

For international communication, the 2100Hz CED tone may act as an echo suppresser switch, causing a communication problem. Though this soft switch is normally set to "0", it should be set to "1" so as to change the time between CED tone and DIS signal from 75ms to 500ms to eliminate the communication problem caused by echo.

SW9 No. 3 Equalizer freeze

This switch is used to perform reception operation by fixing the equalizer control of modem for the line which is always in an unfavorable state and picture cannot be received. Usually, the control is executed according to the state of line where the equalizer setting is changed always.

SW9 No. 4 Equalizer freeze conditions

Setting which specifies SW9 No.3 control only in condition of 7200bps modem speed.

SW9 No. 5 CED detection time

The detection time of the CED signal from the called side in the auto calling mode is set.

SW9 No. 6, No. 7 Alarm buzzer

The length of the buzzer for normal end of operation is set.

SW9 No. 8 Action when RTN received

The operation is set when the RTN signal is received in the G3 transmission mode.

SW10 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Memory retransmission times

The number of memory retransmissions is set.

SW10 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Memory retransmission interval

The interval between memory retransmissions is set.

SW11 No. 1 ~ No. 4 V.34 mode transmission speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method is V.34 transmission mode.

SW11 No. 5 ~ No. 8 V.34 mode receiving speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method is V.34 reception mode.

SW12 No. 1 V.34 mode function in case of manual communication

Used to select whether the V .34 mode is made valid when automatically transmitting/receiving.

SW12 No. 2 V.34 mode function

Used to select the V.34 mode for communication when set to “1”, communication method is V.34 mode..

SW12 No. 3 V.34 control channel communication speed

Used to select the control channel communication speed for V .34 mode.

SW12 No. 4, No. 5 EOL detection timer

Used to make a choice of whether to use the 25-second or 13-second timer for detection of End of line This is effective to override communication failures with some facsimile models that have longer End of line detection.

SW12 No. 6, No. 7 Processing of DIS reception after DIS transmission

When receiving , operation in case of DIS reception after DIS transmission is selected. Retransmitting command: To retransmit DIS in disregard of DIS reception. Breaking circuit: To break circuit instantly. (Abnormal finish) T. 30: To operate in accordance with T.30. T. 30+α: To operate in accordance with T.30+α. (To operate differently according to cases.)

SW12 No. 8 The change to DB from DP by

When setting to 1, the mode is changed by pressing the key from the pulse dial mode to the tone dial mode.

SW13 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (High)

To set the level to output high group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5 dBm unit)

SW13 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW14 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (Low)

To set the level to output low group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5 dBm unit)

SW14 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW15 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW15 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Cl signal OFF detect enable time

Used to set the continuous detection time during OFF period of Cl signal.

SW16 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

2 – 28

FO-DC600U

SW16 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Distinctive ringing

When the ringing setting is turned off, all of the CI signal are received. When any of the standard, and ring patterns 1 through 3 is selected for the ringing setting, only the selected CI signal is received.

CI signal patterns The CI signal patterns consists of the standard pattern, and ring patterns 1 through 7. The standard pattern is the conventional one.

2S

4S

2S

3S

4S

3S

3.5S

3S

STANDARD

RING

PATTERN 1

for USA

RING

PATTERN 2

for USA

RING

PATTERN 3

for USA

RING

PATTERN 4

for USA

RING PATTERN 1 for CANADA

RING PATTERN 2 for CANADA

RING PATTERN 3 for CANADA

1S

0.8S

0.3S

0.2S

0.4S

0.2S 0.2S 1S

1S

0.5S

2S

1.5S

0.5S

0.8S

0.4S

1S

0.3S

0.2S

0.4S 0.8S

1S

0.5S 1S 0.5S

0.5S

4S

0.5S

1S

0.5S0.5S 1S

0.5S0.5S

SW17 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW17 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW18 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW18 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW18 No. 5 , No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW18 No. 7 , No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW19 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW19 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW19 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW19 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW20 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW21 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW21 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Busy tone detection frequency

To select frequency range of signals to be detected as Busy Tone.

SW21 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW22 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Service condition for line-1

000: Transmission is enabled. Reception mode is auto. 001: Transmission is enabled. Reception mode is manual only. 010: Transmission is disable. Reception mode is auto. 011: Transmission is disable. Reception mode is manual only.

SW22 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW22 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW22 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW23 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW23 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW23 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW23 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW23 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW23 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW23 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW24 No. 1 Dial mode

Switch the type according to the telephone circuit connected to the facsimile.

0: PULSE DIAL 1: TONE DIAL

SW24 No. 2 Receive mode for line-2

Auto/manual receiving mode is set.

SW24 No. 3, No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW24 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW24 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW25 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Number of rings for auto-receive (0: No ring receive)

When the machine is set in the auto receive mode, the number of rings before answering can be selected. It may be set from one to nine rings using a binary number. If the soft switch was set to 1, a direct connection is made to the facsimile. If it was set to 0 accidentally, receive ring is set to 1. If it was above 9, receive rings are set to 9.

SW25 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW26 No. 1, No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW26 No. 3, No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW26 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW26 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW26 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW27 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW27 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW27 No. 3 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW28 No. 1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group)

An image compression encoding method recommended by ITU-T. It realizes 2-second transmission when the power is turned on.

2 – 29

FO-DC600U

SW28 No. 2 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group) option

An optional function for JBIG.

SW28 No. 3 MMR

MMR (Modified MR) selects presence of the compression function.

SW28 No. 4 MR

MR (Modified READ) selects presence of the compression function.

SW28 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Modem speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed. The default is 14400BPS(V.17). It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed when frequent line fallback is encountered, in order to save the time required for the fallback procedure.

SW29 No. 1, No. 2 Reception speed fixed

The transferable speed of modem in the receiving mode is set.

SW29 No. 3 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission

Used to make a choice of whether reception of NSF (DIS) is acknowledged after receiving two NSFs (DISs) or receiving one NSF (two DISs).

It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.

SW29 No. 4 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 transmission mode

Though transmission of a non-modulated carrier is not required for transmission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT Recommendation, it may be permitted to send a non-modulated carrier before the image signal to avoid an echo suppression problem. It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.

SW29 No. 5 CNG send when manual TX

CNG signal sending ON/OFF in case of manual transmission is set.

SW29 No. 6 Protocol monitor

Normally set to "0". If set to "1", communication can be checked, in case of troubles, without using a G3 tester or other tools.

When communication FSK data transmission or reception is made, the data is taken into buffer. When communication is finished, the data analyzed and printed out. When data is received with the line monitor (SW7-No. 7) set to "1" the reception level is also printed out.

SW29 No. 7 Line monitor

Normally set to "0". If set to "1", the transmission speed and the reception level are displayed on the LCD. Used for line tests.

SW29 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW30 No. 1, No. 2 Compromised equalizer

The specific line equalizer is inserted.

No. 1 No. 2

0 0 The line equalizer built in the modem is turned off. 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 1.8 km 1 0 Line equalizer corresponding to 3.6 km 0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 7.2 km

SW30 No. 3 H2 mode

Used to determine H2 mode (15sec transmission mode). When set to OFF, H2 mode is inhibited even though the transmitting machine has H2 mode.

SW30 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Signal transmission level

Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of –0dB to –31dB.

SW31 No. 1, No. 2 CED tone signal interval

For international communication, the 2100Hz CED tone may act as an echo suppresser switch, causing a communication problem. Though this soft switch is normally set to "0", it should be set to "1" so as to change the time between CED tone and DIS signal from 75ms to 500ms to eliminate the communication problem caused by echo.

SW31 No. 3 Equalizer freeze

This switch is used to perform reception operation by fixing the equalizer control of modem for the line which is always in an unfavorable state and picture cannot be received. Usually, the control is executed according to the state of line where the equalizer setting is changed always.

SW31 No. 4 Equalizer freeze conditions

Setting which specifies SW9 No.3 control only in condition of 7200bps modem speed.

SW31 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW32 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW32 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW32 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW32 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW32 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW32 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW33 No. 1 ~ No. 4 V.34 mode transmission speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method is V.34 transmission mode.

SW33 No. 5 ~ No. 8 V.34 mode receiving speed

Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method is V.34 reception mode.

SW34 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW34 No. 2 V.34 mode function

Used to select the V.34 mode for communication when set to “1”, communication method is V.34 mode..

SW34 No. 3 V.34 control channel communication speed

Used to select the control channel communication speed for V .34 mode.

SW34 No. 4, No. 5 EOL detection timer

Used to make a choice of whether to use the 25-second or 13-second timer for detection of End of line This is effective to override communication failures with some facsimile models that have longer End of line detection.

SW34 No. 6, No. 7 Processing of DIS reception after DIS transmission

When receiving , operation in case of DIS reception after DIS transmission is selected. Retransmitting command: To retransmit DIS in disregard of DIS reception. Breaking circuit: To break circuit instantly. (Abnormal finish) T. 30: To operate in accordance with T.30. T. 30+α: To operate in accordance with T.30+α. (To operate differently according to cases.)

SW34 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW35 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (High)

To set the level to output high group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5 dBm unit)

SW35 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW36 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (Low)

To set the level to output low group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5 dBm unit)

SW36 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW37 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW37 No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW37 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW37 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW37 No. 5 ~ No. 8 CI signal off detect enable time

Used to set the continuous detection time during OFF period of CI signal. Normally set to 700ms, where the short ring (500ms: OFF period) cannot be detected. Therefore, selection of 350ms is allowed.

2 – 30

FO-DC600U

SW38 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW38 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Distinctive ringing

When the ringing setting is turned off, all of the CI signal are received. When any of the standard, and ring patterns 1 through 3 is selected for the ringing setting, only the selected CI signal is received.

CI signal patterns The CI signal patterns consists of the standard pattern, and ring patterns 1 through 7. The standard pattern is the conventional one.

2S

4S

2S

3S

4S

3S

3.5S

3S

STANDARD

RING

PATTERN 1

for USA

RING

PATTERN 2

for USA

RING

PATTERN 3

for USA

RING

PATTERN 4

for USA

RING PATTERN 1 for CANADA

RING PATTERN 2 for CANADA

RING PATTERN 3 for CANADA

1S

0.8S

0.3S

0.2S

0.4S

0.2S 0.2S 1S

1S

0.5S

2S

1.5S

0.5S

0.8S

0.4S

1S

0.3S

0.2S

0.4S 0.8S

1S

0.5S 1S 0.5S

0.5S

4S

0.5S

1S

0.5S0.5S 1S

0.5S0.5S

SW39 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW39 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW40 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW40 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW40 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW40 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW41 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW41 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW41 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW41 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW42 No. 1, No. 2 DTMF detection time

Used to set detect time of DTMF (Dual Tone Multi Frequency) used in remote reception (5 ). The longer the detection time is, the error detection is caused by noises.

SW42 No. 3 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW43 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW43 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Busy tone detection frequency

To select frequency range of signals to be detected as Busy Tone.

SW43 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW44 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Service condition for line-2

000: Transmission is enabled. Reception mode is auto. 001: Transmission is enabled. Reception mode is manual only. 010: Transmission is disable. Reception mode is auto.

SW44 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW45 No. 1 ~ No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW45 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW45 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW46 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW47 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW47 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW47 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW47 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW48 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW48 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW48 No. 4, No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW48 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW48 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW49 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW49 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW49 No. 4, No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW49 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW49 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW50 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW50 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW51 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW52 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW53 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW54 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW55 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW56 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW57 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW58 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

2 – 31

FO-DC600U

SW59 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW60 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW61 No. 1 F.A.S.T. (RMS) mode

Used to determine a function of remote maintenance system (F.A.S.T.).

SW61 No. 2 F.A.S.T. (RMS) line

The line where the F.A.S.T. function is set.

SW61 No. 3 Verification stamp

End stamp: It is set whether the red round mark is stamped at the bottom margin of the document of every page in the memory input mode and document sending mode or not.

SW61 No. 4 Day light saving

The day light saving function ON/OFF is set.

SW61 No. 5, No. 6 Key buzzer volume

Key buzzer volume: The sound volume of key inputting buzzer and other buzzers is set.

SW61 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW62 No. 1, No. 2 Speaker volume

Speaker volume: The sound volume of the speaker in the on-hook mode is set.

SW62 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW62 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW62 No. 5, No. 6 Ringer volume

Ringer volume: The calling sound volume of CI signal receiving is set.

SW62 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW63 No. 1, No. 2 Backlight setting

LCD backlight is lit whilst the key operation, etc. is performed. It turns off after a period of time without any operation. This SW is used to select the time interval until the backlight turns off.

SW63 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW63 No. 3, No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW63 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW63 No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW63 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW63 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW64 No. 1 Header registration

When setting this switch to "1", registering senders is protected.

SW64 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW64 No. 3 Continuous serial polling

Turns ON/OFF the continuous polling function.

SW64 No. 4, No. 5 Time interval for continuous serial polling

Used to set the interval time for continuous serial polling. Normally set to no interval (0 minute).

SW64 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW64 No. 8 Quick on line function

It is selected whether auto dial call is activated in the memory input mode when one document is completely read or when all pages are completely read.

SW65 No. 1, No. 2 Cassette selection

To set selective modes for detail paper cassettes of the printer.

00: Manual

01: Automatic 1

10: Automatic 2

11: Except the above

SW65 No. 3 ~ No. 5 The 1st priority cassette

To select the first priority cassette.

001: 1st paper feeder (MP-TRAY) 010: 2nd paper feeder 011: 3rd paper feeder Except the above

SW65 No. 6 ~ No. 8 The 2nd priority cassette

To select the second priority cassette.

000: Not used (To set in case of using only paper

001: 1st paper feeder (MP-TRAY) 010: 2nd paper feeder 011: 3rd paper feeder Except the above Not used

SW66 No. 1 ~ No. 3 The 3rd priority cassette

To select the second priority cassette.

000: Not used (To set in case of using only paper

001: 1st paper feeder (MP-TRAY) 010: 2nd paper feeder 011: 3rd paper feeder Except the above Not used

SW66 No. 4, No. 5 Cassette selection of separate page

The supply origin of a separate page is set.

SW66 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW67 No.1, No. 2 Power save mode

The heater mode of a printer is set.

Printing started from the possible paper feeder

feeder that has been set in the first priority cassette)

To select detail paper in the first priority cassette in accordance with setting by SW65 3-8 and SW65 1-3. If the detail paper in the first priority cassette runs short, the second priority cassette will be used.

T o automatically select detail paper with optimum size among the first to third priority cassettes in accordance with setting by SW65 3-8 and SW65 1-3. The optimum paper is selected by every page. If all the cassettes have the same size paper, paper will be selected according to the cassette priority.

T o automatically select detail paper with optimum size among the first to third priority cassettes in accordance with setting by SW65 3-8 and SW65 1-3. At the start of printing, the optimum paper is adopted only for the first page. Thereafter the same cassette selected for the first page will be used from the second page and after. If all the cassettes have the same size paper, paper will be selected according to the cassette priority.

01: the same setting as in the case of Automatic 1

2 – 32

FO-DC600U

SW67 No. 3 ~ No. 5 Density adjustment of print bias

The density of printing is set. It can be also set in the print diagnosis mode.

SW67 No. 6, No. 7 Drum life detection

The detection mode of Drum life is set.

SW67 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW68 No. 1, No. 2 Distinctive ring pattern

The distinctive ring patter is set for country.

SW68 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW68 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW68 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW68 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW68 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW69 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW69 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW69 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW69 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW69 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW69 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW70 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW70 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW70 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW70 No. 4 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW70 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW71 No. 1, No. 2 The default resolution for copying

In case of copying without pressing the RESOLUTION key, resolution will be super fine.

SW71 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW71 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW71 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW71 No. 6, No. 7 Picture quality priority mode

Used to set the transmission mode which is automatically selected when the MODE key is not pressed. In the copy mode, however, the fine mode is automatically selected unless the MODE key is manually set to another mode.

SW71 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW72 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW72 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW72 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW72 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW73 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW73 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Data reduction

Reduction ratio of receiving is set . It can be changed even in the optional mode. To set printing reduction rate of received images.

000: Automatic 100: 100% Except the above 100%

SW74 No. 1 Automatic printing of activity report

This soft switch is used to select; whether or not to produce the activity report when the memory is full (about 50 items). An activity report can be produced when the following key entry command is made.

"FUNC", "2", "#", "START" After producing the activity report, all the data in the memory will be

cleared. When the switch function is set to "0" (NO), the data in memory will be

deleted from the oldest as it reaches the maximum memory capacity (approx. 50 items).

SW74 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Department ID digit

Used to set the department ID digit number . When set to "D" , the number is "4" .

SW75 No. 1 Copy protect switch

When this switch is set to “1”, copy is for bidden.

SW75 No. 2 Cut-off mode (when copy mode)

When in copy, if the scanned data is out of the range of recording, the operator has one of the choices below using the switch.

0: Continue: Data is printed onto the next page with the last 20mm

also printed at the beginning of the next page.

1: Cut off: Data scanned out of the limit is cut off (a page is printed.)

SW75 No. 3 Scanning ratio in memory input

In the case of memory transmission, etc., only letter size (A4) documents can be stored in the memory. To input B4 documents into the memory, therefore, the B4 documents must be reduced to letter size (A4) or the both ends of the B4 documents will be cut off to input the center letter-size (A4) portion. This switch provides the selection.

0: Reduced to A4 size and inputted. 1: Both ends are cut off and the center portion (A4 size) is inputted.

SW75 No. 4 Overseas communication mode selection function

When this switch is set to "1", the communication is Super G3 mode can be turned off by pressing the "SP ACE" key before sending operation, for the transmission set after that (including polling).

SW75 No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW75 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reduce ratio when copy mode

Reduction ratio of copying is set . It can changed even in the optional mode.

SW76 No. 1, No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW76 No. 3, No. 4 Density adjustment (when Fine/STD mode)

This is used for density adjustment in fine/standard mode. Adjust the density according to that of frequently used original.

Set to "Dark" for darker reading (either in the auto or the dark mode) of light original. Set to "Light" for lighter reading (either in the auto or the dark mode) of dark original.

Set to "Dark only in dark mode" for darker reading only in the dark mode.

SW76 No. 5, No. 6 Density adjustment (when half-tone mode)

This is used for density adjustment in the half tone. Setting procedures are the same as SW46 No. 3 and No. 4.

2 – 33

FO-DC600U

SW76 No. 7 MTF correction in half-tone mode

In the half tone mode, image area is separated from character area and processed separately to eliminate unclear character transmission. This switch is used to change the criteria of judgement of separation. When "Strong" (= 1) is selected, more area is judged as character area, providing clearer characters.

On the contrary, however, edges of image area may be emphasized. It is advisable to restrict the use of this function only when clear charac-

ters must be transmitted, and to use the function of "Weak" (= 0) for general cases.

SW76 No. 8 MTF intensity in half-tone mode

This allows selection of MTF correction (dimness correction) in the half tone mode. When "NO" (= 1) is selected, the whole image becomes soft and mild, On the contrary, however, mildness of characters will be reduced. Normally set to "NO" (= 1).

SW77 No. 1 Cassette define LTR / A4:Tray

A4 cassette can be used . Set "0" or "1" for all of three bits. Do not change the setting during printing.

SW77 No. 2 Cassette define LTR / A4:Upper

A4 cassette can be used . Set "0" or "1" for all of three bits. Do not change the setting during printing.

SW77 No. 3 Cassette define LTR / A4:Upper

A4 cassette can be used . Set "0" or "1" for all of three bits. Do not change the setting during printing.

SW77 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW78 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW78 No. 2 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW79 No. 1 Secure billing code

When the tel. billing code function is ON, the operation of secure billing code is enabled .

SW79 No. 2 Pause with SHIFT key

The SHIFT key pause time is set.

SW79 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW79 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Z key pause time (250ms unit)

The Z key pause time is set.

SW80 No. 1 Separate feature

The separate mode ON/OFF is set.

SW80 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW80 No. 5 Addition of header (Sender information)

ON/OFF of addition of header (sender information) to various list is set.

SW80 No. 6 DTMF sending by the panel test

When ten keys are pressed in the Panel Test Mode of the diagnosis, the corresponding DTMF signals are output.

SW80 No. 7 Power save mode

To switch power save mode system either to real time or to timer.

SW80 No. 8 Ring control for line-2

The ringer ringing ON/OFF is set when incoming call is received through the line-2.

SW81 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW81 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW81 No. 3 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW82 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW82 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW82 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW82 No. 4 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW82 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW83 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW83 No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW83 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW83 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW84 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW84 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW85 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW86 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW87 No. 1 File name (Unique identifier)

The file names of the E-MAIL notice and files from the FTP server will be automatically created from the following elements. By setting the SWs below, file names with these elements are generated. : A unique number generated from the machine serial number and the date and time data.

SW87 No. 2 File name (Session page counter)

The file names of the E-MAIL notice and files from the FTP server will be automatically created from the following elements. By setting the SWs below, file names with these elements are generated. : Counter

SW87 No. 3 File name (Date & Time)

The file names of the E-MAIL notice and files from the FTP server will be automatically created from the following elements. By setting the SWs below, file names with these elements are generated. : Date and time data

SW87 No. 4 File name (Profile name)

The file names of the E-MAIL notice and files from the FTP server will be automatically created from the following elements. By setting the SWs below, file names with these elements are generated. : Sender’s name

SW87 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW88 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Default file format

SW setting the default of the compression format and the file type required for generating the image data from network scanned data.

SW88 No. 5, No. 6 The default resolution for Network Scanning

SW setting the default resolution on network scanning.

SW88 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW89 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW89 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW90 No. 1, No. 2 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW90 No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW90 No. 4, No. 5 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW90 No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW90 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

2 – 34

FO-DC600U

SW90 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW91 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW92 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW92 No. 2 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW92 No. 3 Waiting time after dialing

The set up of the call time of the auto dial. 90 sec. or depends on each country’s specifications.

SW92 No. 4 Show receiver’s name

This switch is used to note the receiver’s name on the transaction report and activity report. When this switch is set to “0”, the receiver’s dial number is printed on the report.

SW92 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW93 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW94 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW95 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW95 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW95 No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW95 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW96 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Network print : Auto continue

When the paper of designated size runs out whilst printing, the unit will pause until the paper of the selected size is supplied. This function allows to continue printing with the paper of alternative size, if the paper of designated size was not supplied even after a period of time. This SW is for setting ON/OFF of this function, and the ON waiting time.

SW96 No. 4 Network print : Default paper size

When the selected paper size was other than the size that can be set in this unit (LTR, LGL, A4), an alternative paper size can be set with this SW.

SW96 No. 5 ~ No. 7 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW96 No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW97 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW98 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW99 No. 1 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW99 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved

Set to "1".

SW99 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Reserved

Set to "0".

SW99 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved

Set to "1".

[3] Troubleshooting

Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U.

[4] Error code table

Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U.

[5] Overseas communication mode

Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U.

[6] Administrator mode in the personal book

function

Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U.

2 – 35

FO-DC600U

CHAPTER 3.

MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION

[1] Mechanical description

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U.

[2] Printer description

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U.

[3] Disassembly and assembly procedures

• This chapter mainly describes the disassembly procedures. For the assembly procedures, reverse the disassembly procedures.

• Easy and simple disassembly/assembly procedures of some parts and units are omitted. For disassembly and assembly of such parts and units,

refer to the Parts List.

• The numbers in the illustration, the parts list and the flowchart in a same section are common to each other.

• To assure reliability of the product, the disassembly and the assembly procedures should be performed carefully and deliberately.

1

Rear cabinet, 2nd Paper cassette left cabinet, Joint left angle

Parts list (Fig. 1)

No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty

1 Main unit 1 2 Screw (3×10) 1 3 PWB cover 1 4 Screw (3×10) 6 5 Rear cabinet 1 6 Connector 1 7 Screw (3×10) 1

8 Cassette PWB cover 1 9 Screw (3×10) 2

10

2nd Paper cassette left cabinet 11 Screw (3×6) 4 12 Screw (3×10) 2 13 Joint left angle 1

1

2

3 4 5

3

2

HOOK

6

10

7

11

8

12

9

13

1

6

4

5

4

11

12

4

HOOK

13

11

HOOK

12

10

9

4

7

Fig. 1

8

9

HOOK

3 – 1

FO-DC600U

PWB plate, Rear cabinet,

2

2nd Paper cassette right cabinet,

No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty

Joint right angle 1/2, 2nd Paper cassette unit

Parts list (Fig. 2)

1 Main unit 1 2 Screw (3×6) 6 3 PWB plate 1 4 Screw (3×10) 2 5 Right cabinet 1 6 Screw (3×10) 2 7

2nd Paper cassette right cabinet

8 Screw (3×6) 3 9 Screw (3×10) 1

10 Joint right angle 2 1

11 Screw (3×6) 4 12 Screw (3×10) 1 13 Joint right angle 1 1 14

1

2nd Paper cassette unit 1

1

2

6

10

3

7

11

Control

4

8

12

5

9

13

PWB

2

14

3

Printer

PWB

1

14

2

1

LIU PWB

HOOK

a

b

4

HOOK

4

10

5

HOOK

a

b

8

9

13

Fig. 2

3 – 2

12

8

HOOK

11

7

HOOK

6

FO-DC600U

3

Front cabinet

Parts list (Fig. 3)

No. Part name Qty

1 Main unit 1 2 Screw (3×10) 2 3 Screw (3×10) 1 4 Front cabinet 1

1

2 3 4

2

HOOK

4

HOOK

3

HOOK

Fig. 3

3 – 3

FO-DC600U

4 PWB unit

1

2 3 4 5

Parts list (Fig. 4)

No. Part name Qty

1 Main unit 1 2 Screw (3×6) 7 3 Screw (3×10) 1 4 Connector 21 5 LIU PWB unit 1 6 Control PWB unit 1 7 Printer PWB unit 1

1

4

6

6 7

2

Control PWB

4

LIU PWB

4 4

4

2

7

2

3

2

Control PWB

5

4

Printer PWB

Control PWB

4

Printer PWBPrinter PWB

Fig. 4

3 – 4

FO-DC600U

5 Operation panel unit, Upper cover unit

1

2

5

3

6

4

Parts list (Fig. 5)

No. Part name Qty

1 Main unit 1 2 Screw (3×10) 1 3 Screw (3×6) 6 4 Operation panel unit 1 5 Screw (3×8) 1 6 Upper cover unit 1

3

4

1

3

4

6

1

5

3

Fig. 5

3 – 5

3

2

FO-DC600U

6

Front left frame, Paper feed tray

1

2

10

3

11 4 5 6 7 8 9

12

13

14

15

16

17 18 19

1

Parts list (Fig. 6)

No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty

1 Main unit 1 2 Screw (3×6) 5 3 Screw (3×10) 2 4 Screw (3×6) 1 5 Front left frame 1 6 Screw (3×10) 2 7

Speaker holder plate spring 8 Speaker ass’y1 9 Inner front cabinet 1

10 Screw (3×10) 2

5

11 Screw (3×6) 1 12 Paper feed tray unit 1 13 Screw (3×10) 1 14

Tray width guide, front 15 Screw (3×10) 1 16

Tray width guide, rear

1

17 Connector 2 18 Sensor 2 19 Paper feed tray 1

1

4

2

3

2

1

2

9

7

8

a

Hook

11

12

6

10

Insert the Boss to center of hole.

13

14

15

16

a

19

17

18

17

Fig. 6

3 – 6

FO-DC600U

7 Rear left frame, Bottom left frame

1

2 3

4

3

5

2

1

Parts list (Fig. 7)

No. Part name Qty

1 Main unit 1 2 Screw (3×6) 7 3 Rear left frame 1 4 Screw (3×6) 1 5 Bottom left frame 1

2

5

4

2

Fig. 7

8

Inner left cabinet unit

1

Parts list (Fig. 8)

No. Part name Qty

1 Main unit 1 2 Screw (3×8) 4 3 Inner left cabinet unit 1

2 3

2

3

2

Fig. 8

3 – 7

2

FO-DC600U

1

2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1

3

2

4

2

5

8

7

6

5

3

9 Power supply PWB

Parts list (Fig. 9)

No. Part name Qty

1 Main unit 1 2 Screw (3×6) 3 3 Connector 4 4

Power supply PWB unit 5 Screw (3×6) 3 6 Screw (4×6) 1 7 Power supply PWB plate 1 8 Power supply PWB 1

1

Fig. 9

3 – 8

FO-DC600U

10

Scanner frame unit (1/2)

1

2 3 4 5 6

Parts list (Fig. 10)

No. Part name Qty

1 Scanner frame unit 1 2 Screw (3×8) 1 3 Operation panel unit 1 4 Screw (3×10) 5 5 Screw (3×10) 2 6

Document guide upper 7 Stopper 1 8 Left upper cabinet 1

1

3

2

7 8

4

5

4

6

1

5

4

1

8

7

Fig. 10

3 – 9

FO-DC600U

11

Parts list (Fig. 11)

No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty

1 Scanner frame unit 1 2 Transfer bearing 2 3 Feed gear (49z) 2 4 DR bearing 2 5 Scanner drive roller 2 1 6 Scanner drive roller 1 1 7 Scanner bearing 1 2 8 Feed gear (73z) 1

9 Bearing 1 10 Scanner feed shaft 1 1 11 Scanner feed clutch 1 12 Scanner feed roller 1 13 E type ring (5mm) 1 14 ADF feed gear 1

Scanner frame unit (2/2)

1

2 3

9

27

33

15 Scanner feed shaft 2 1 16 Screw (3×10) 1 17 Stopper spring 1 18 Transfer idler gear 1 19 Screw (3×10) 3 20 Drive unit 1 21 Transfer roller 1 22 ADF transfer gear 1 23 CIS unit 1 24 CIS cable 1 25 Core 1 26 CIS spring 2 27 Screw (3×6) 1 28 FD1 earth spring 1

19

23

171620

24

29 Screw (3×6) 1 30 Screw (3×10) 1 31 SD2 earth spring 1 32 Verification stamp (FO-45VS) 1 33 Document sensor switch 1 34 Transfer sensor switch 1 35 Front sensor switch 1 36 B4 Front sensor switch 1 37 Document sensor cable 1 38 Pinch roller spring 2 39 PO pinch roller 2 40 Screw (3×10) 2 41 Scanner support plate 1 42 Paper earth brush 1 43 Screw (3×10) 2 44 Anti curl piece 2

25

4

10

28

5

11

29

6

12

30

7

13

31

8

14

32

40

15

41

42

23

26

32

34 35 36 37 38 39 43 44

26

30

18 21 22

31

24

25

29

26

3

4

5

2

4

6

3

12

20

19

8

13

18

2

14

38

39

15

7

10

11

27

28

22

9

7

16

17

21

35

Red

41

1

Yellow

37

34

33

44

White

43

44

43

36

40

42

Fig. 11

3 – 10

FO-DC600U

12

No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty

1 Operation panel unit 1 2 Screw (3×10) 3 3 Document guide upper unit 1 4 Release lever 1 5 Release lever spring 1 6 Screw (3×10) 2 7 Document upper plate 1 8 Brush earth spring 1

9 Separate spring 1 10 Pinch roller spring 2 4 11 Pinch roller shaft 2 12 Pinch roller 4 13 Separate plate 1 14 Separate gum 1 15 Separate sheet 1

Document guide upper unit, Operation panel unit

1

2

3 4 5

23

32

41

24

33

42

6

25

34

43

7

26

35

44

8

27

36

9

28

37

16 Transfer plate piece 1 17 Input pressure spring 1 18 Back sheet 1 19 Paper brush 1 20 Back guide 1 21 Back bracket 1 22 Document guide upper 1 23 Screw (3x10) 1 24 LCD support plate 1 25 LED Flat cable 1 26 LCD Flat cable 1 27 Backlight cable 1 28 LCD panel unit 1 29 Screw (2×8) 10 30 Switch cover plate 1

8

6

7

11

19

22

Parts list (Fig. 12)

31 Panel cable 1 32 Operation panel PWB unit 1 33 LCD cable 1 34 LCD Relay PWB unit 1 35 Contrast/e-mail key 1 36 Resolution/ON LINE key 1 37 Direct key 1 38 10 key 1 39 Start key 1 40 Menu key 1 41 Copy key 1 42 Stop key 1 43 Page plate 1 44 Operation panel case 1

10

12

9

10

17

13

12

14

15

4

16

18 19 20 21 22

Rib

13

10

29

38

14

11

30 15 16 17

12

31

39 40

21

20

18

2

3

1

29

30

5

27

26

43

44

38

39

42

35

40

41

28

25

23

24

36

37

Short

27

32

29

31

Long

25

33

26

34

Fig. 12

3 – 11

FO-DC600U

13 Upper cover

1 2

3

5

8

4

6

9

7

10 11 12 13 14

15

16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23

24

Parts list (Fig. 13)

No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty

1 Screw (3×10) 5 2 Screw (3×8) 2 3

Upper cover lock spring

4

Upper cover lock nail

5

Drum cartridge detect lever spring

6

Drum cartridge detect lever 7 Shutter lever 1 8 Idler gear (32z) 5 9 Upper cover roller 1

10 Idler gear 2 (17Z) 1 11 Idler gear 1 (50Z) 1 12

Upper cover gear plate

13 Upper cover gear 1

plate spring

1

14

Drum cartridge press spring

1

15

Paper exit guide, under

1

16

Paper exit guide, upper

17 Pinch roller ass’y2

1

18 Screw (3×8) 1 19 Pinion gear 1 20 Hopper spring 1 21

Upper cover lock button 22 Hopper guide, left 1 23 Hopper guide, right 1

1

24 Upper cover 1

23

2 1 1

1

22

21

20 19 18

16

9

17

6

8

15

5

8

7

10

1

3

14

1

14

1

13

11

4

2

12

Fig. 13

3 – 12

2

FO-DC600U

14

Printer PWB

2nd Paper

cassette unit

Wire treatment

Control PWB

LCD cable

CNPW

1

Panel cable

Motor cable

CN15

CN12

1

5 4

Sensor cable

CIS cable

1

Speaker cable

3

LIU

cable

LIU PWB

Parts list (Fig. 14)

No. Part name Qty

1 Band (100mm) 6 2 Core (F2125) 2 3 Core (F2124) 3 4 Band 1 5 Screw (3x10) 1

The panel cable pass to the

2

core 1 time. The LCD cable

1

not pass to the core.

LCD cable(

Not pass)

2

Panel cable(

1 time)

2

The panel cable pass to the core 1 time. The LCD cable pass to the core 2 times.

CNPW

CN2

CN6

1

Control PWB

Rib

CIS cable

CN14

CN3

Printer PWB

CN13

Sensor cable

CIS cable

CN8

CN10 CN7

CN4

CN5

CN9

3

1

Control PWB

Printer

PWB

Front sensor cable: Red

Rib

CN15

CN12

CN5

CN14

CN3

CN9

Transfer sensor cable:Yellow

2nd Paper cassette PWB

CN1

CN11

The 2nd cassette cable

3

pass to the core 1 time.

4

5

LIU cable

3

LIU PWB

CN3

CN5

3 times

1

Document sensor cable:White

Rib

Scanner frame

B4 Front sensor cable: Black

Rib

3

2 times

Rib

Fig. 14

3 – 13

FO-DC600U

15 16 Main motor (M1)

17 Paper take-up roller

18 Print head unit (PH)

19 Paper empty sensor (PE1) 20 21

High voltage PWB unit (HV1)

Fusing unit (1/2) Fusing unit (2/2)

[4] How to install the verification stamp (FO-45VS)

Refer to the service manual of FO-4400U.

Refer to the service manual of FO-DC500U.

3 – 14

FO-DC600U

Lithium Battery

+5V/+24V

Power supply Unit

SH7706(SH-3) SCIF RS-232C

Driver

external 33MHz

Only for Firmware Download from PC

Program Memory

16

(No Production)

Operation Panel Unit

&

Large LCD Module

Entry Data Memory

: 4.7" QVGA (B/W)

NOR Flash 4MB

16

New ASIC-1 Panel PWB

Working Memory

("COSMOS")

:

Tact SW

SDRAM

16

• MMR CODEC<1ch>

16MB • JBIG CODEC <2ch>

• SDRAM Controller

Backup Memory

8 • Image Processor

16

Page Memory

Scanner

SRAM 32KB

: up to 400dpi/B4

SDRAM 8MB 10.1"/30ppm

Option (FO-8MK)

based on LC821033

B4 CIS

Memory PWB Image Memory

8 • Run length Converter

:

203dpi(8pixel/mm)

Image Memory

NAND Flash 16MB

• Panel Controller

NAND Flash

8 • Motor Controller Scan Mechanism

8MB

• CPU I/F, Mapper (Stepping Motor)

• GPIO port

serial

RTC(Backup)

• Print Data Processor SM8578BV

LIU PWB

MODEM(Line1)

8

• ECC Code Generator

HSYNC,TOD etc

Printer PWB

MINOLTA NC-L601/16ppm

Line-1 FM336Plus

(PCU Output)

(MINOLTA CPU on board)

: 406 x 391dpi(Copy/Fax)

: 600 x 600dpi (NT-Print)

New ASIC-2

("SPIDER")

16

• RTC I/F

SCI & PCU-input

• SCI ch0(for PCU)

• SCI ch1(for PCL)

• Video I/F Switch

• GPIO

• DPO Bus Switch

(Arbitrator)

•

Buzzer Clock Generator

Main CPU

133MHz

SANYO IP CORE

USER LOGIC

PC

Control PWB

16

LCD Controller

SED1374F0A

Network Printer Kit

(PCL Board)

Option (FO-NP1)

SCI & Video

PREQ/PACK

DPO Bus

16

DPO Bus

LAN Network Interface Kit

(LAN Card)

Option (FO-LN1)

LIU PWB

MODEM(Line2)

8

Line-2

FM336Plus

Option (FO-60DL)

Dual Line Kit

Dual Line

Control PWB

CHAPTER 4. DIAGRAMS [1] Block diagram

4 – 1

• FO-NP1 (Network Printer Kit) and FO-60DL (Dual Line Kit) can not be mounted simultaneously.

• FO-LN1 (LAN Network Interface Kit) and FO-60DL (Dual Line Kit) can be mounted simultaneously. However, multi-operation of 2-line communication and network scan is not possible.

[2] Wiring diagram

MEMORY PWB

VERIFICATION

STAMP

CIS

UNIT

M2

COOLING

FAN

MOTOR

TS1

THERMOSTAT

H1 HEATER

LAMP

S2 INTERLOCK

SWITCH

CNPRT1

CNOP1

CNTXM1

CNCIS1

CNSP1

CNPW1

CNPN1

CNSTP1

CNSEN1

CONTROL PWB

TH1

THERMISTOR

PWB-D

LASER DIODE

DRIVE PWB

SL1 PAPER

TAKE-UP

SOLENOID

M2 POLYGON

MOTOR UNIT

PS1

PAPER TAKE-UP

SENSOR

PS3

PAPER EXIT

SENSOR

PS5A RECEIVED

DOCUMENT

TRAY SENSOR

HV1 HIGH

VOLTAGE PWB

UNIT

PWB-G

TONER EMPTY

SENSOR

PRINTER PWB

PE1

PAPER EMPTY

SENSOR

8

5

6

2

TEL LINE-1

LIU PWB

(LINE-1)

CNLIU1

10

3

2

5

POWER SUPPLY PWB

4

1

2

1

12

8

2

30

2

30

2

410

9

2

TRANSFER

SENSOR

FRONT

SENSOR

DOCUMENT

SENSOR

2

8

CN1

CN7

CN14

CN2

CN10

CN15

CN4

CN6

CN13

CN11

CN12

CN3

CN8

CN5

CN9

4

24

LED

PWB

15(FCC)

LCD

20(FCC)

16

LCD RELAY PWB

CNLEDACNBKL

OPERATION PANEL PWB

CNPNB

TX MOTOR

PS4

PAPER OUT

SENSOR

2

3

OPTION

FO-45VS

SPEAKER

CN5

CN1

CN2

CN3

CNAC

M1

MAIN

MOTOR

2

PS5B

PAPER

SIZE SENSOR

PH PRINT HEAD UNIT

2ND PAPER

CASSETTE

PWB

15

2ND PAPER CASSETTE UNIT

OPTION

FO-8MK

CNOP

CNLEDB

OPERATION

PANEL

UNIT

PC

REWRITING

VERSION UP

FLASH ROM

5

CNRS1

LCD

UNIT

B4 FRONT

SENSOR

2

SERVICE

USE ONLY

CN1

SOLENOID

2

CN3

CN11

CN5

CN8

CN6

PAPER SIZE SENSOR

2

CASSETTE SENSOR

5

CNLCDB

CNLCDA

CNLCD1

2

NETWORK PRINTER KIT

(PCL BOARD)

CNPCL1

CNPCL2

3

OPTION

FO-NP1

LAN NETWORK

INTERFACE KIT

(LAN CARD)

OPTION

FO-LN1

TE10/TE100

BASE Ethernet Cable

60

BACK

LIGHT

UNIT

CNNIC1

3RD PAPER

CASSETTE

PWB

OPTION FO-CS1

SOLENOID

2

CN2

CN12

CN4

CN9

CN7

PAPER SIZE SENSOR

2

CASSETTE SENSOR

5

4

MOTOR

10

CNLNC1

60

DUAL LINE

CONTROLPWB

TEL LINE-2

LIU PWB

(LINE-2)

9

OPTION

DUAL LINE KIT

FO-60DL

FO-DC600U

communication and network scan is not possible.

• FO-NP1 (Network Printer Kit) and FO-60DL (Dual Line Kit) can not be mounted simultaneously.

• FO-LN1 (LAN Network Interface Kit) and FO-60DL (Dual Line Kit) can be mounted simultaneously. However, multi-operation of 2-line

4 – 2

FO-DC600U

CNSTP1

VSTP

/STPON

1

2

CNSP1

SP+

SP–

SP+

SP–

1

2

1

2

CNSEN1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

/FRTS

DG

/ORGS

DG

/B4FRS

DG

ROLSNS

DG

/FRTS

DG

/ORGS

DG

/B4FRS

DG

ROLSNS

DG

CNCIS1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

SIG

GND

VDD

GND

SI

GND

CLK

GLED

VLED

SIG

GND

VDD

GND

SI

GND

CLK

GLED

VLED

CNTXM1

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

TMA

/TMA

TMB

/TMB

TMA

/TMA

TMB

/TMB

LIU PWB

CNLIUCNLIU1

RXIN

TXOUT

CI

/EXHS

DPON

CML

+5V

DG

+24VA

RXIN

TXOUT

CI

EXHS

DPON

CML

+5V

DG

+24VA

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

OPERATION

PANEL

PWB

CNPN1

CNPNA

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

GND

PLTSW

LEDEN1

SEN7

LD5

SEN6

LD4

SEN5

LD3

SEN4

LD2

SEN3

LD1

SEN2

LD0

SEN1

LEDEN2

SEN0

TH1

+5V

TH2(GND)

/BKLON

GND

E(N.M.)

LD7(N.M.)

RS(N.M.)

LD6(N.M.)

GND

PLTSW

LEDEN1

SEN7

LD5

SEN6

LD4

SEN5

LD3

SEN4

LD2

SEN3

LD1

SEN2

LD0

SEN1

LEDEN2

SEN0

TH1

+5V

TH2(GND)

/BKLON

GND

E(N.M.)

LD7(N.M.)

RS(N.M.)

LD6(N.M.)

CN6

+24V

GND

/MOTOR REM

/MOTOR LOCK

N.C.

MOTOR LOW

M1

MAIN

MOTOR

1

2

3

4

5

6

M2

COOLING

FAN MOTOR

CN13

1

2

3

4

GND(DG)

/FAN REM

FAN LOCK

/FAN CNT

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

CNLEDA CNLEDB

+5V

LED3

LED7

LED4

LED8

LED6

LED9

LED5

LED10

LED2

LED11

LED1

GND

TH1

TH2

+5V

LED3

LED7

LED4

LED8

LED6

LED9

LED5

LED10

LED2

LED11

LED1

GND

TH1

TH2

CNBKL

+5V

/BKLON

+5V

/BKLON

1

2

1

2

BACK LIGHT

UNIT

LED

PWB

POWER

SUPPLY

PWB

PRINTER

CONTROL

PWB

(1/2)

CN10

/PS1

GND(DG)

1

2

CN14

+5V

TONER LEVEL

/TONERLED REM

GND(DG)

PWB-G

TONER

EMPTY

SENSOR

PS1

PAPER TAKE-UP

SENSOR

PS5A RECEIVED

DOCUMENT

TRAY SENSOR

PS5B

PAPER SIZE SENSOR

1

2

3

4

CN7

CN1

+24V MAIN

GND(MG)

GND(DG)

+5V MAIN

/FUSER LAMP

/FUSER RL

+24V MAIN

GND(MG)

GND(DG)

+5V MAIN

HEATER ON

HEATER-RELAY OFF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

CN1

M2

POLYGON

MOTOR

CN9

1

2

3

4

5

+24V

GND(MG)

/POLYGON.M.REM

/POLYGON.M.LCCK

/POLYGON.M.CLK

PWB-D

LASER DIODE

DRIVE PWB

CN5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

/SOS

+5V

LD POWER LOW

/LD EN

/SH,N

GND(DG)

/L DATA

+5V

/SOS

+5V

LD POWER LOW

/LD EN

/SH,N

GND(DG)

/L DATA

+5V

HV1

HIGH VOLTAGE

PWB UNIT

CN4

CN1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

+5V

CH LREM

T VR

T MON V

T MON I

B VR

C REM

C MON

GND(MG)

+24V

+5V

CH LREM

T VR

T MON V

T MON I

B VR

C REM

C MON

GND(MG)

+24V

SL1

PAPER TAKE-UP SOLENOID

CN3

1

2

+24V

/FEED1

PS3

PAPER EXIT SENSOR

CN8

1

2

3

PS3 AN

GND(DG)

PS3

PS4

PAPER OUT SENSOR

CN12

1

2

3

4

5

/PS4

GND(DG)

P EMP1 AN

GND(DG)

/P EMP1

CN2

CN3

TS1

THERMOSTAT

1

2

3

HEATER N

N.C.

HEATER L

H1 HEATER LAMP

1

2

TH1

THERMISTER

+5V

THERMISTER

+5V

1

2

CN2

S2

INTERLOCK SWITCH

1

2

+24V SUB

+24V MAIN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

CN5 CNPW1

GND(DG)

/RESET

GND(DG)

/HSYNC

/EPRDY

/PRRDY

/TOD

/ETBSY

/STS

/CMD

/CTBSY

/PRINT

/SRCLK

GND(DG)

/VIDEO

+5V

GND(DG)

+5V

GND(DG)

+5V

/CPRDY

+5V

/TEST

GND(DG)

/RESET

GND(DG)

/HSYNC

/EPRDY

/PRRDY

/TOD

/ETBSY

/STS

/CMD

/CTBSY

/PRINT

/SRCLK

GND(DG)

/VIDEO

+5V

GND(DG)

+5V

GND(DG)

+5V

/CPRDY

+5V

/TEST

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

CNPRT1

CNAC

1

2

3

AC-L

FG

AC-N

AC

CORD

CN15

TRAY OPEN

GND(DG)

MP SIZE

1

2

3

4

+24V SUB

MG

+24V MAIN

+5V SUB

DG

+5V MAIN

+24V SUB

MG

+24V MAIN

+5V SUB

DG

+5V MAIN

DOCUMENT

SENSOR

FRONT

SENSOR

B4 FRONT

SENSOR

TRANSFER

SENSOR

CIS

UNIT

SPEAKER

TX MOTOR

VERIFICATION

STAMP

OPTION

FO-45VS

CONTROL PWB

(1/4)

PE1

PAPER EMPTY SENSOR

PH

PRINT HEAD

UNIT

VSTP

/STPON

1

2

[3] Point- to-point diagram and connector signal name (1)

4 – 3

Point- to-point diagram and connector signal name (2)

PC

REWRITING

VERSION UP

FLASH ROM

CNRS1

1

2

3

4

5

CD

RD

TD

DTR

GND

1

2

3

4

5

CD

RD

TD

DTR

GND

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

CNLCDA CNLCD1

VSS

D3

D2

D1

D0

VSS

VEE

VDD

DISP

M

VSS

XCK

VSS

LP

YD

VSS

D3

D2

D1

D0

VSS

VEE

VDD

DISP

M

VSS

XCK

VSS

LP

YD

CNLCDB

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

YD

LP

VSS

XCK

VSS

M

DISP

VDD

VEE

VSS

D0

D1

D2

D3

N.C.

VSS

LCD RELAY

PWB

LCD UNIT

CONTROL PWB

(3/4)

CNNIC1

N.C.

/BRDIN

GND

/INTPRT2

VDD

RESERVE

GND

VDD

LVDETECT

A16

GND

/RW

RESERVE

/OEP

A5

/CSP1

A6

/ACK

A7

/RESET

A8

A4

A9

D0

A10

D1

A11

D2

A12

D3

A13

D4

A14

D5

A15

D6

D7

A0

RESERVE

A1

A2

A3

GND

/INTPRT1

D8

D9

GND

D10

D11

D12

GND

D13

D14

D15

/CSP2

N.C.

/BRDIN

GND

/INTPRT2

VDD

RESERVE

GND

VDD

LVDETECT

A16

GND

/RW

RESERVE

/OEP

A5

/CSP1

A6

/ACK

A7

/RESET

A8

A4

A9

D0

A10

D1

A11

D2

A12

D3

A13

D4

A14

D5

A15

D6

D7

A0

RESERVE

A1

A2

A3

GND

/INTPRT1

D8

D9

GND

D10

D11

D12

GND

D13

D14

D15

/CSP2

N.C.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

NETWORK PRINTER KIT

(PCL BOARD)

OPTION FO-NP1

LAN NETWORK

INTERFACE KIT

(LAN CARD)

OPTION FO-LN1

MD15

MD14

MD13

MD12

MD11

MD10

MD9

MD8

MD7

MD6

MD5

MD4

MD3

MD2

MD1

MD0

STSZ

VDATA

CPRDYZ

PRPDYZ

SBSYZ

SCLK

CMDZ

CBSYZ

HSYNCZ

GND

PACK

PREQ

GND

VSYNCZ

ENGRDYZ

NICINTZ

NICCSZ

IOWRZ

WAITZ

MA13

MA14

MA15

MA16

MA17

MA18

MA19

MA20

MA21

MA22

MA23

MA24

MA25

MA26

MA27

MA28

MA29

RSTALLZ

/PCLIN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

CNPCL1

MD15

MD14

MD13

MD12

MD11

MD10

MD9

MD8

MD7

MD6

MD5

MD4

MD3

MD2

MD1

MD0

STSZ

VDATA

CPRDYZ

PRPDYZ

SBSYZ

SCLK

CMDZ

CBSYZ

HSYNCZ

GND

PACK

PREQ

GND

VSYNCZ

ENGRDYZ

NICINTZ

NICCSZ

IOWRZ

WAITZ

MA13

MA14

MA15

MA16

MA17

MA18

MA19

MA20

MA21

MA22

MA23

MA24

MA25

MA26

MA27

MA28

MA29

RSTALLZ

/PCLIN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

CNOP

DG

CLEO

DG

ALEO

DG

/WP1

+3.3V

/NANDWR

+3.3V

/OPCS

+3.3V

/BUSYOP

R/W

/NANDRD

/DEN

OPD7

OPD6

OPD5

OPD4

OPD3

OPD2

OPD1

OPD0

MEMDTC0

DG

MEMDTC1

DG

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

MEMORY

PWB

DG

CLEO

DG

ALEO

DG

/WP1

+3.3V

/NANDWR

+3.3V

/OPCS

+3.3V

/BUSYOP

R/W

/NANDRD

/DEN

OPD7

OPD6

OPD5

OPD4

OPD3

OPD2

OPD1

OPD0

MEMDTC0

DG

MEMDTC1

DG

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

CNOP1

CONTROL PWB

(2/4)

OPTION FO-8MK

SERVICE USE ONLY

FO-DC600U

4 – 4

FO-DC600U

CN11

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

+24V

/FEED2

/FEED3

+5V

GND(DG)

2ND/3RD SIZE

2ND/3RD SET

/UNIT

2ND/3RD EMP

CHECK2

/2ND,3RD

/M3 ON

M3 CLK

CHECK0

CHECK1

CN1

2ND

PAPER

CASSETTE

PWB

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

+24V

/FEED2

/FEED3

+5V

GND(DG)

2ND/3RD SIZE

2ND/3RD SET

/UNIT

2ND/3RD EMP

CHECK2

/2ND,3RD

/M3 ON

M3 CLK

CHECK0

CHECK1

2ND PAPER CASSETTE UNIT

CONTROL PWB

(4/4)

DUAL LINE

CONTROL PWB

OPTION FO-60DL

+3.3V

/CI1

DPON1

CML1

DPMUTE1

ERLY1

TXMUTE1

SPKR2

/MDMRST1

/MDMINT1

/MDMCS1

/IOWR

/IORD

LCBA5

LCBA4

LCBA3

LCBA2

LCBA1

LCBD7

LCBD6

LCBD5

LCBD4

LCBD3

LCBD2

LCBD1

LCBD0

+5V

+24VA

DG

NC

R/W

NC

DG

+5V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

CNLNC1

+3.3V

/CI1

DPON1

CML1

DPMUTE1

ERLY1

TXMUTE1

SPKR2

/MDMRST1

/MDMINT1

/MDMCS1

/IOWR

/IORD

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

+5V

+24VA

DG

/DEN

RD/WR

NC

DG

+5V

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

PRINTER

CONTROL PWB

(2/2)

OPTION

FO-CS1

3RD

PAPER

CASSETTE

PWB

CN6

CN7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

+24V A

PICK3

+5V

GND

P EMP2

CASSETTE

3RDBIN

LTR LGL

M3ON

M3CLK

+24V B

PICK3

+5V 3RD

GND

P EMP3

CASSETTE

3RDBIN

LTR LGL

M3ON

M3CLK

LIU PWB

(LINE-2)

CNLIU2CNLIU

RXIN

TXOUT

CI

EXHS

DPON

CML

+5V

DG

+24VA

RXIN

TXOUT

CI

EXHS

DPON

CML

+5V

DG

+24VA

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

DUAL LINE KIT

Point- to-point diagram and connector signal name (3)

4 – 5

FO-DC600U

CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

[1] Circuit description

1. General description

In this machine, the facsimile control block except the printer control is mainly composed of the units shown in Fig. 1.

2. PWB configuration

LINE-1

LIU PWB

(LINE-1)

DUAL LINE KIT

(OPTION FO-60DL)

LINE-2

CIS

UNIT

CONTROL PWB

LCD RELAY

PWB

LCD

POWER SUPPLY PWB

OPERATION

PANEL

PWB

Fig. 1

PRINTER

LAN NETWORK INTERFACE KIT

(NIC OPTION FO-LN1)

NETWORK PRINTER KIT

(PCL BOARD OPTION FO-NP1)

1) Control PWB

The control PWB controls all the other operations except the printing operation of the printer.

2) CIS unit

CIS UNIT converts the image of the sending or copying draft into the photoelectric signals and transmits the signals to the control PWB.

3) LIU PWB

The LIU PWB controls the I/F telephone function of the circuit with the control signals from the control PWB.

4) Operation panel PWB

The operation panel PWB detects the key input, turns on and off LED and displays LCD according to the control signals from the control PWB.

5) Power supply PWB

DC voltages (+5V , +24V) are produced from AC120V, and are supplied to the printer unit and control PWB unit.

6) Dual Line Kit (FO-60DL)

Dual Line Kit consists of Dual Line Control PWB and LIU PWB (Line-2), and controls line I/F for Line-2 and FAX communications.

PWB

AC CORD

PRINTER

UNIT

2. Description of each block (1) Main control block

This block consists of 32 bit RISC microcomputer HD6417706F133 (main component), flash ROM, 128 Mb SDRAM, Main ASIC, Sub ASIC, etc. Each device is controlled either by the microcomputer directly or via Main ASIC.

1) HD6417706F133 (IC24): pin-176, QFP (main CPU)

This is a microcomputer with a core of 32 bit RISC (Reduced Instructions Set Computer) CPU, which periphery functions are integrated into. This device is equipped with the following function. The clock inputs

33.1776 MHz from outside and operates at 4-times frequency (approx. 133 MHz) internally.

Feature

· Original Hitachi SuperH architecture

· Object code level compatible with SH-1, SH-2 and SH-3

· 32-bit RISC-type instruction set — Instruction length: 16-bit fixed length — Improved code efficiency — Load-store architecture — Delayed branch instructions — Instruction set oriented for C language

· Five-stage pipeline

· Instruction execution time: one instruction/cycle for basic instructions

· General-register: Sixteen 32-bit general registers

· Control-register: Eight 32-bit control registers

· System-register: Four 32-bit system registers

· 32-bit internal data bus

· Logical address space: 4 Gbytes

· Space indentifier ASID: 8 bits, 256 logical address space

· Abundant Peripheral Functions — Memory Management Unit (MMU)

— User Break Controller (UBC) — Bus state Controller (BSC) — Direct Memory Access Controller (DMAC) — Clock Pulse Generator (CPG) — Watchdog Timer (WDT) — Timer Unit (TMU) — Realtime Clock (RTC) — Serial Communication Interface (SCI) — Smartcard Interface — Serial Communication Interface with FIFO (SCIF) — 10-bit A/D converter (ADC) — 8-bit D/A converter (DAC) — Hitachi User Debugging Interface (H-UDI) — Advanced User Debugger (AUD)

[2] Circuit description of control PWB

1. General description

The control PWB is composed of the following blocks. (1) Main control block (2) Backup memory block (3) Modem block (4) Scanner control block (5) Speaker amplifier (6) Page memory block (7) Drive block

(8) LCD control block (9) Network I/F block

2) LH28F320BFHE-PBTLZA (IC12): pin-48, TSOP (32 Mb FLASH MEMORY)

This is a flash memory writing program and is also used for the registration data, such as telephone directory. 32 Mb area is divided into 2 for every 16 Mb; the lower-order and higherorder address sides are used for the program and for the registration data, respectively.

3) MT48LC8M16A2TG or W981216BH (IC25): pin-54, TSOP (128 Mb SDRAM)

The program stored in the flash memory (IC12) mentioned in the above item 2) is downloaded to this SDRAM and used as a program execution memory. It is also used as various work memories and communication buffers. The devices manufactured by 2 enterprises are acknowledged. (Former model No.: manufactured by WINBOND, later model No.: manufactured by MICRON)

5 – 1

FO-DC600U

MMU

TLB

CCN

CACHE

H-UDI

INTC

I BUS 1I BUS 2

BRIDGE

L BUS

CPU

UBC

AUD

BSC

DMAC

SCI

TMU

PERIPHERAL BUS 1PERIPHERAL BUS 2

RTC

SCIF

CPG/WDT

Legend: ADC: AUD: BSC: CACHE: CCN: CMT: CPG/WDT: CPU: DAC:

EXTERNAL BUS

INTERFACE

A/D converter Advanced user debugger Bus state controller Cache memory Cache memory controller Compare match timer Clock pulse generator/watchdog timer Central processing unit D/A converter

I/O PORT

DMAC: H-UDI: INTC: MMU: RTC: SCI: SCIF: TLB: TMU: UBC:

ADC

CMT

DAC

Direct memory access controller Hitachi user-debugging interface Interrupt controller Memory management unit Realtime clock Serial communication interface (with smart card interface) Serial communication interface (with FIFO) Address translation buffer Timer unit User break controller

Fig. 2 HD6417706F133 BLOCK DIAGRAM

5 – 2

HD6417706F133 (IC24) Terminal description (1/2)

PIN I/O Name Function

1 — Vcc-RTC* 2 O XTAL2 On-chip RTC crystal oscillator pin 3 I EXTAL2 On-chip RTC crystal oscillator pin 4 — Vss-RTC* 5 I/O D31/PTB[7] Data bus/input/output port B 6 I/O D30/PTB[6] Data bus/input/output port B 7 I/O D29/PTB[5] Data bus/input/output port B 8 I/O D28/PTB[4] Data bus/input/output port B 9 I/O D27/PTB[3] Data bus/input/output port B

10 I/O D26/PTB[2] Data bus/input/output port B

11 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 12 I/O D25/PTB[1] Data bus/input/output port B 13 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 14 I/O D24/PTB[0] Data bus/input/output port B 15 I/O D23/PTA[7] Data bus/input/output port A 16 I/O D22/PTA[6] Data bus/input/output port A 17 I/O D21/PTA[5] Data bus/input/output port A 18 I/O D20/PTA[4] Data bus/input/output port A 19 — Vss 20 I/O D19/PTA[3] Data bus/input/output port A 21 — Vcc Internal power supply (1.9 V) 22 I/O D18/PTA[2] Data bus/input/output port A 23 I/O D17/PTA[1] Data bus/input/output port A 24 I/O D16/PTA[0] Data bus/input/output port A 25 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 26 I/O D15 27 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 28 I/O D14 29 I/O D13 30 I/O D12 31 I/O D11 32 I/O D10 33 I/O D9 34 I/O D8 35 I/O D7 36 I/O D6 37 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 38 I/O D5 39 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 40 I/O D4 41 I/O D3 42 I/O D2 43 I/O D1 44 I/O D0 45 O A0 Address bus 46 O A1 Address bus 47 O A2 Address bus 48 O A3 Address bus 49 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 50 O A4 Address bus 51 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V)

1

RTC power supply (1.9 V)

RTC power supply (0 V)

Internal power supply (0 V)

Data bus

Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus

Data bus

Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus

FO-DC600U

PIN I/O Name Function

52 O A5 Address bus 53 O A6 Address bus 54 O A7 Address bus 55 O A8 Address bus 56 O A9 Address bus 57 O A10 Address bus 58 O A11 Address bus 59 O A12 Address bus 60 O A13 Address bus 61 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 62 O A14 Address bus 63 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 64 O A15 Address bus 65 O A16 Address bus 66 O A17 Address bus 67 O A18 Address bus 68 O A19 Address bus 69 O A20 Address bus 70 O A21 Address bus 71 — Vss Internal power supply (0 V) 72 O A22 Address bus 73 — Vcc Internal power supply (1.9 V) 74 O A23 Address bus 75 O A24 Address bus 76 O A25 Address bus 77 O/ I/O BS-/PTC[0] 78 O RD- Read strobe 79 O WE-/DQMLL80 O 81

O/O/O/I/O

82

O/O/O/I/O

WE1-/DQMLU-/WEWE2-/DQMUL-/ICIORD/PTC[1]

WE2-/DQMUU-/ICIOWR/PTC[2]

83 O RD/WR- Read/write 84 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 85 O CS0- Chip select 86 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 87 O /I/O CS2-/PTC[3] 88 O /I/O CS3-/PTC[4] 89 O /I/O CS4-/PTC[5] 90 O/O/I/O 91 O/O/I/O

CS5-/CE1A/PTC[6]

CS6-/CE1B/PTC[7] 92 O/ I/O CE2A-/PTD[6] 93 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 94 O/ I/O CE2B-/PTD[7] 95 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 96 O/ I/O RASL-/PTD[0] 97 O/ I/O RASU-/PTD[1] 98 O/ I/O CASL-/PTD[2] 99 O/ I/O CASU-/PTD[3]

100 O/ I/O CKE/PTD[4]

Bus cycle start signal/ input/output port C

D7-D0 select signal/ DQM (SDRAM) D15-D8 select signal/DQM (SDRAM)/write strobe (PCMCIA) D23-D16 select signal/DQM (SDRAM)/PCMCIA input/output read/ input/output port C D31-D24 select signal/DQM (SDRAM)/PCMCIA input/output write/ input/output port C

Chip select 2/input/output port C Chip select 3/input/output port C Chip select 4/input/output port C Chip select 5/CE1 (area 5 PCMCIA)/input/output port C Chip select 6/CE1 (area 6 PCMCIA)/input/output port C Area 5 PCMCIA CE2/ input/output port D

Area 6 PCMCIA CE2/ input/output port D

Lower 32 Mbytes address RAS(SDRAM)/input output port D Upper 32 Mbytes address RAS(SDRAM)/input output port D Lower 32 Mbytes address CAS(SDRAM)/input output port D Upper 32 Mbytes address CAS(SDRAM)/input output port D CK enable(SDRAM)/input/output port D

5 – 3

FO-DC600U

HD6417706F133 (IC24) Terminal description (2/2)

PIN I/O Name Function 101 I/I/O IOIS16-/PTD[5] IOIS16(PCMCIA)/input port D 102 O BACK- Bus acknowledge 103 I BREQ- Bus request 104 i WAIT- Hardware wait request 105 O/I/O DACK0/PTE[0] 106 O/I/O DACK1/PTE[1] 107 O/I/O DRAK0/PTE[2] 108 O/I/O DRAK1/PTE[3] 109 I/O AUDATA[0]/PTF[0] AUD data/ input/output port F 110 I/O AUDATA[1]/PTF[1] AUD data/ input/output port F 111 I/O AUDATA[2]/PTF[2] AUD data/ input/output port F 112 I/O AUDATA[3]/PTF[3] AUD data/ input/output port F 113 O/I/O AUDSYNC-/PTF[4] 114 I TDI/PTG[0] Data input(H-UDI)/input port G 115 — Vss Internal power supply (0 V) 116 I TCK/PTG[1] Clock(H-UDI)/input port G 117 — Vcc Internal power supply (1.9 V) 118 I TMS/PTG[2] Mode select(H-UDI)/input port G 119 I TRST-/PTG[3] Reset(H-UDI)/input port G 120 O/I/O TDO/PTF[5] 121 O/I/O 122 I ASEMD0-* 123 — Vcc-PLL1*

ASEBRKAK-/PTF[6]

3

2

124 — CAP1 PLL1 external capacitance pin 125 — Vss-PLL1* 126 — Vss-PLL2*

2

127 — CAP2 PLL2 external capacitance pin 128 — Vcc-PLL2*

2

129 I MD1 130 — Vss 131 O XTAL 132 I EXTAL 133 O/I/O STATUS0/PTE[4] 134 O/I/O STATUS1/PTE[5] 135 I/O TCLK/PTE[6] 136 O/I/O IRQOUT-/PTE[7] 137 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 138 I/O CKIO

DMA acknowledge 0/input/output port E DMA acknowledge 1/input/output port E DMA request acknowledge/input/output port E DMA request acknowledge/input/output port E

AUD synchronous/ input/output

Data output(H-UDI)/input/output port F ASE break acknowledge(H-UDI)/input/output port F ASE mode(H-UDI) PLL1 power supply (1.9 V)

PLL1 power supply (0 V) PLL2 power supply (0 V)

PLL2 power supply (1.9 V) Clock mode setting Internal power supply (0 V) Clock oscillator pin External clock/crystal oscillator pin Processor status/input/output port E Processor status/input/output port E TMU or RTC clock input/output/input/output port E Interrupt request notification/output/input/output port E

System clock input/output

port F

PIN I/O Name Function 139 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 140 O TxD0/SCPT[0] 141 I/O SCK0/SCPT[1] 142 O TxD2/SCPT[2] 143 I/O SCK2/SCP[3] 144 O/I/O RTS2-/SCPT[4]

SCI transmit data 0/SC port SCI clock 0/SC port SCIF transmit data 2/SC port SCIF clock 2/SC port

SCIF transmit request 2/SC port 145 I RxD0/SCPT[0] SCI receive data 0/SC port 146 I RxD2/SCPT[2] SCIF receive data 2/SC port 147 I

CTS2-/IRQ5/SCPT[5]

SCIF transmit clear/external interruption request/SC port 148 — Vss Internal power supply (0 V) 149 I RESETM- Manual reset request 150 — Vcc Internal power supply (1.9 V) 151 I/I/I/O IRQ0/IRL0-/PTH[0] 152 I/I/I/O IRQ1/IRL1-/PTH[1] 153 I/I/I/O IRQ2/IRL2-/PTH[2] 154 I/I/I/O IRQ3/IRL3-/PTH[3] 155 I/I/O IRQ4/PTH[4]

External interrupt request/input/output port H

External interrupt request/input/output port H 156 — VssQ Input/output power supply (0 V) 157 I NMI Nonmaskable interrupt request 158 — VccQ Input/output power supply (3.3 V) 159 I AUDCK/PTG[4] AUD clock/input port G 160 I/I/O DREQ0-/PTH[5] DMA request/input/output port H 161 I/I/O DREQ1-/PTH[6] DMA request/input/output port H 162 I ADTRG-/PTG[5] Analog trigger/input port G 163 I MD0 Clock mode setting 164 I MD2 Clock mode setting 165 I RESETP- Power-on reset request 166 I CA

Chip activate/hardware standby

request 167 I MD3 Area 0 bus width setting 168 I MD4 Area 0 bus width setting 169 I MD5 Endian setting 170 — AVss Analog power supply (0 V) 171 I AN[0]/PTJ[0] A/D converter input/input port J 172 I AN[1]/PTJ[1] A/D converter input/input port J 173 I/O/I 174 I/O/I

AN2[2]/DA[1]/PTJ[2] AN3[3]/DA[0]/PTJ[3]

A/D converter input/ D/A converter output/ input port J

A/D converter input/ D/A converter output/ input port J 175 — AVcc Analog power supply (3.3 V) 176 — AVss Analog power supply (0 V)

Notes: *1 Must be connected to the power supply even when the RTC is not used.

*2 Must be connected to the power supply even when the on-chip PLL circuits are not used.(EXcept in hardware standby mode.) *3 Must be high level when the user system is used independently without using the emulator or H-UDI.

1. Except in hardware standby mode, all Vcc/Vss pins must be connected to the system power supply. (Supply power constantly.) In hardware standby mode, power must be supplied at least to Vcc-RTC and Vss-RTC. If power is not supplied to Vcc and Vss pins other than Vcc-RTC and Vss-RTC, hold the CA pin low.

2. A1, A2, A3, A7, A12, B1, C4, C7, D1, D2, D4, D7, D14, D15, E1, E2, E3, E4, F14, F17, G17, H14, H15, K14, P14, R10, T13, T15, T16, U11, U15, and U16 must be connected to Vss.

5 – 4

4) LC272D0BT-WA6 (IC6): pin-216, QFP (MAIN ASIC)

The device is the embed-array, which has the following functions.

1

CPU interface

The block has the following functions. That is, mapping executed in memory areas CS0 and CS4, that are generated by main CPU (SH-3), and then wait control and access control to the peripheral devices.

2

NOR type flash memory interface

The block has control the protections to each block of a NOR flash memory. The NOR flash memory is used as two provided blocks; programming memory block and the entry and history data block.

3

NAND type flash memory interface

The block has the following functions. That is, access control to flash memory (standard setting memory and optional setting memory), and generates ECC code at accessing NAND flash memory.

4

DMA request control

The block has the following functions. That is, generate the two internal DMA requests; read request from FIFO buffer for encodes and write request from FIFO buffer for decodes. And set each request to the DMA request channels, ch0 and ch1 by setting register.

5

Interrupt request control

The block has the following functions. That is, encode interrupt request signal code by each generated interrupt priority level. And then at the each interrupt, set priority level, mask and clear interrupt factor.

CPU INTERFACE

FO-DC600U

6

CIS control and image processing

The block has the following functions. That is control the CIS and A/

D converts the scanning image data from analogue to digital, and executes the converted image data processing.

7

Print image processing and output printing data

The block has the following functions. That is, converts the image

data for printing into 400dpi, and applies smoothing processing. And then, output the printing data, according to /HSYNC signal from PCU.

8

CODEC

The block has the following functions. The One, the encoding from

the image data (bit map data) in the page memory to the code data (MMR/MH) in the system memory. The other, the decoding from the code data (MMR/MH) in system memory to the image data (bit map data) in the page memory.

9

Page memory (SDRAM) interface

SDRAM is used as Page memory. The block has the controller of

SDRAM and the arbiter of the accesses to SDRAM.

F

Scanner motor control

The block has the following function. That is, controls the PWM cur-

rent control type stepping motor driver that uses a bipolar drive scheme.

G

Panel/LCD control

The block has I/O port for key sense and LCD control.

CLOCK DIVIDER BLOCK

DMA REQUEST

CONTROL BLOCK

RUN-LENGTH DECODE

FIFO(CH0)BLOCK

JBIG CODEC

(CH0)

RUN-LENGTH DECODE

FIFO(CH0)BLOCK

RUN-LENGTH DECODE

FIFO(CH1)BLOCK

JBIG CODEC

(CH1)

DREQ IREQ

BUS INTERFACE

(BUS OR CIRCUIT)

INTERRUPT REQUEST

CONTROL BLOCK

PRINTING DATA

PROCESSING BLOCK

PRINTING IMAGE

DATA PROCESSING

BLOCK

MMR/MH FIFO

BLOCK

AT DECODE MODE

MMR/MH CODEC

MMR/MH FIFO

BLOCK

AT ENCODE MODE

REQ

SDRAM

CONTROLLER

ARBITER

RUN-LENGTH ENCODE

FIFO(CH1)BLOCK

SCANNER MOTOR

CONTROL BLOCK

PANEL/LCD

CONTROL BLOCK

S/P CONVERSION

& FIFO BLOCK

SCANNING IMAGE

DATA PROCESSING

BLOCK(INCLUDE ADC)

Fig. 3 LC272D0BT-WA6 BLOCK DIAGRAM

5 – 5

REQ

FO-DC600U

LC272D0BT-WA6 (IC6) Terminal description (1/2)

PIN I/O Name Function PIN I/O Name Function

P

1 VSS Ground 55 P VSS Ground 2 B D7 Data bus 56 O XNICACK Acknowledge signal for NIC 3 B D6 Data bus 57 I XNICINT Interrupt request from NIC board 4 B D5 Data bus 58 O XNICCS Chip select (NIC Board) 5 B D4 Data bus 59 O XJBG1 Reserved 6 B D3 Data bus 60 O XJBG0 Reserved 7 B D2 Data bus 61 B MAD0 Data bus of page memory 8 B D1 Data bus 62 B MAD1 Data bus of page memory

9 B D0 Data bus 63 P VDD Power supply 10 I 64 P VSS Ground 11 I XCS4 65 B MAD2 Data bus of page memory 12 O DMA acknowledge (Ch0) 66 B MAD3 Data bus of page memory 13 O XDACK1 DMA acknowledge (Ch1) 67 B MAD4 Data bus of page memory 14 O XDRAK0 DMA request acknowledge (Ch0) 68 B MAD5 Data bus of page memory 15 O XDRAK1 DMA request acknowledge (Ch1) 69 B MAD6 Data bus of page memory 16 I XDREQ0 70 B MAD7 Data bus of page memory 17 I XDREQ1 71 B MAD8 Data bus of page memory 18 P VDD Power supply 19 P VSS Ground 73 P VSS Ground 20 O XFLCS Chip select (Flash memory) 74 B MAD9 Data bus of page memory 21 I XFLSHINTA Interrupt request of flash memory 75 B MAD10 Data bus of page memory 22 I XFLSHINTB Interrupt request of flash memory 76 B MAD11 Data bus of page memory 23 O XINT0 Interrupt request signal 77 B MAD12 Data bus of page memory 24 O XINT1 Interrupt request signal 78 B MAD13 Data bus of page memory 25 O XINT2 Interrupt request signal 79 B MAD14 Data bus of page memory 26 O XINT3 Interrupt request signal 80 B MAD15 Data bus of page memory 27 O XPGMCS 81 P VDD Power supply 28 O XWROUT 82 P VSS Ground 29 O XRDOUT 83 O SDCLK Clock of page memory 30 O XWAIT Wait request signal 84 O DQMUL Data mask of page memory 31 I XBUSYDP Busy signal of Dual port RAM 85 CKE CK enable of page memory 32 I XMDMINT1 86 O CASB CAS of page memory 33 I XMDMINT0 87 O RASB RAS of page memory 34 O XMDMCS1 35 O XMDMCS0 Chip select (Modem Chip 0) 89 XCSDRM0 Chip select of page memory 36 P VDD Power supply 90 VDD Power supply 37 P VSS Ground 91 P VSS Ground 38 I XINPRT 92 MA0 Address bus of page memory 39 O XOUTPRT Print block clock out 93 O MA1 Address bus of page memory 40 P VSS Ground 94 O MA2 Address bus of page memory 41 I TODB Top of data 95 O MA3 Address bus of page memory 42 I HSYNC Synchronous signal of horizontal anxious 96 MA4 Address bu s of page memory 43 O PDATA Print data 97 O MA5 Address bus of page memory 44 I XJBGINT1 Reserved 98 MA6 Address bus of page memory 45 I XJBGINT0 Reserved 99 VDD Power supply 46 I XSGAINT Interrupt request from modem chip 0 100 P VSS Ground 47 I XSBGA Chip select (Sub Gate array) 101 O MA7 Address bus of page memory 48 I JBGDREQ00 Reserved 102 O MA8 Address bus of page memory 49 I JBGDREQ01 Reserved 103 O MA9 Address bus of page memory 50 I JBGDREQ10 Reserved 104 O MA10 Address bus of page memory 51 I JBGDREQ11 Reserved 105 O MA11 Address bus of page memory 52 O XJBGACK1 Reserved 106 O MA12 Address bus of page memory 53 O XJBGACK0 Reserved 107 O MA13 Address bus of page memory 54 P VDD Power supply 108 P VDD Power supply

XCS0

XDACK0

Chip select (Erea 0) Chip select (Erea 4)

DMA request (Ch0) DMA request (Ch1)

Chip select (Program memory) Write strobe signal

Read strobe signal

Interrupt request from modem chip 1 Interrupt request from modem chip 0

Chip select (Modem Chip 1)

Print block clock in

72

88 DWEB Write strobe of page memory

VDD Power supply

P

O

O O

P

O

P

5 – 6

FO-DC600U

LC272D0BT-WA6 (IC6) Terminal description (2/2)

PIN I/O Name Function PIN I/O Name Function

109 P VSS Ground 163 P VSS Ground 110 I TEST0 Test pin 0 164 O TXAI1 Current control 1 (Phase A) 111 I TEST1 Test pin 1 165 O TXAI0 Current contorl 0 (Phase A) 112 I XINSC Image block Clock in 166 O CRNT0 Current change signal 0 113 O XOUTSC 167 O CRNT1 Current change signal 1 114 P VSS Ground 168 O XLBE Low byte(D7-D0) enable signal 115 O TOUT Test pin 169 I XRESET System Reset Signal 116 O LININT Monitor for line interval signal 170 O XMANRES Manual Reset Signal 117 O SAMP Monitor for sampling point 171 O XNANDOPCS Chip select (Optional memory) 118 O Line shift clock (CIS) 172 O XNANDSTDCS Chip select (Standard memory) 119 O CLK1 Transfor clock (CIS) 173 O XNANDRD Read signal (Nand flash) 120 P AVDD Power supply (Analogue) 174 O XNANDWR Write signal (Nand flash) 121 P AVSS Analogue Ground 175 O XWP0 122 I ADREFL 176 O XWP1 123 I TEMP 177 O ALEO Address latch enable (Flash memory) 124 I AVO Video signal for scanning 178 O CLEO Command latch enable (Flash memory) 125 O ATAPH 179 I SHCK CPU Outer bus Clock 126 P AVDD Power supply (Analogue) 180 P VDD Power supply 127 P AVSS Analogue Ground 181 P VSS Ground 128 P VDD Power supply 182 I RXW Read/Write signal 129 P VSS Ground 183 I XBS Bus cycle start signal 130 O PLTSW Plate SW detect 184 I A25 Address bus bit25 131 O BKLON Back light on/off control 185 I A24 Address bus bit24 132 I SEN7 Key sense signal 186 I A23 Address bus bit23 133 I SEN6 Key sense signal 187 I A22 Address bus bit22 134 I SEN5 Key sense signal 188 I A21 Address bus bit21 135 I SEN4 Key sense signal 189 I A20 Address bus bit20 136 I SEN3 Key sense signal 190 I A13 Address bus bit13 137 138 I SEN1 Key sense signal 192 I A11 Address bus bit11 139 I SEN0 Key sense signal 193 I A10 Address bus bit10 140 B LD15 LED 194 I A9 Address bus bit9 141 B LD14 LED 195 I A8 Address bus bit8 142 B LD13 LCD drive signal 196 I A7 Address bus bit7 143 B LD12 LCD drive signal 197 I A6 Address bus bit6 144 P VDD Power supply 198 P VDD Power supply 145 P VSS Ground 199 P VSS Ground 146 B LD11 Reserved 200 I A5 Address bus bit5 147 B LD10 Reserved 201 I A4 Address bus bit4 148 B LD9 Reserved 202 I A3 Address bus bit3 149 B LD8 Reserved 203 I A2 Address bus bit2 150 B LD7 LCD drive 204 I A1 Address bus bit1 151 B LD6 LCD drive 205 I A0 Address bus bit0 152 B LD5 LED/LCD drive 206 B XWE0 D7-D0 select signal 153 B LD4 LED/LCD drive 207 B XOPDEN Bus buffer enable control 154 B LD3 Key matrix select/LED/LCD drive 208 B D15 Data bus bit15 155 B LD2 Key matrix select/LED/LCD drive 209 B D14 Data bus bit14 156 B LD1 Key matrix select/LED/LCD drive 210 B D13 Data bus bit13 157 B LD0 Key matrix select/LED/LCD drive 211 B D12 Data bus bit12 158 O TXB Current direction (Phase B) 212 B D11 Data bus bit11 159 O TXBI1 Current control 1 (Phase B) 213 B D10 Data bus bit10 160 O TXBI0 Current control 0 (Phase B) 214 B D9 Data bus bit9 161 O TXA Current direction (Phase A) 215 B D8 Data bus bit8 162 P VDD Power supply 216 P VDD Power supply

SH

IS

EN2 Key sense signal 191

Image block Clock out

Low reference voltage (ADC) Temperature detect

High reference voltage (ADC)

Write protect (Standard) Write protect (Optional)

IA

12 Address bus bit12

5 – 7

FO-DC600U

5) LC24199B-WJ0-E (IC21): pin-208, QFP (SUB ASIC)

The device is the gate-array, which has the following functions.

1

PCU (Print Control Unit) interface

The block has the serial communication to PCU, and using this circuitry, controls/detects PCU.

2

I/O port

The block has the following functions; LIU interface, Speaker control and sensor detect, which are controlled with software.

3

Generator of buzzer’s frequency

The block has the generated buzzer’s frequency by the software.

BUS INTERFACE

(BUS OR CIRCUIT)

CPU

INTERFACE BLOCK

16BIT

4

RTC (Real Time Clock) LSI control

Using serial communication to RTC, the device set and read the time.

5

Verification stamp control

The software control on/off of the verification stamp. And the control block has hardware timer instead of the continuous stamp-on status.

6

Original sensor detect

The software detects the original sensor. And then the control block has the generated interrupt circuitry by detecting the sensor signal risen/fallen.

PCU(INCLUDE PCL) INTERFACE BLOCK

INT

GENERATED INTERRUPT

REQUEST BLOCK

RTC LSI

INTERFACE BLOCK

VERIFICATION STAMP

CONTROL BLOCK

GENERATED BUZZER'S

FREQUENCY BLOCK

NIC BOARD

INTERFACE

GPIO BLOCK

LIU CH0,CH1 I/F

SPEAKER CONTROL

SENSOR DETECT

ORG SENSOR

DETECT BLOCK

Fig. 4 LC24199B-WJ0-E BLOCK DIAGRAM

5 – 8

LC24199B-WJ0-E (IC21) Terminal description (1/2)

PIN I/O Name Function PIN I/O Name Function

1 P VSS 53 P VSS Ground

—

2 Not connect 54 N.C Not connect 3 I XCI1 CI detect signal 55 B DPOPCL10 GPO bus for PCL board 4 O ERLY0 Reserved for 200V 56 B DPOPCL11 GPO bus for PCL board 5 O GAINC0 Reserved for 200V 57 B DPOPCL12 GPO bus for PCL board 6 O DPMUTE0 Reserved for 200V 58 B DPOPCL13 GPO bus for PCL board 7 O CML0 CML relay control signal 59 B DPOPCL14 GPO bus for PCL board 8 O TXMUTE0 Mute control for TX signal 60 B DPOPCL15 GPO bus for PCL board

9 O DPON0 Active choke control 61 DPAPCL0 Address bus for NIC board (PCL) 10 I XEXHS0 Hook detect signal for external telephone 62 DPAPCL1 11 I XCI0 CI detect signal 63 12 I Print data form main 64 DPAPCL3 13 O CTBSYB Controller status busy 65 DPAPCL4 14 O CPRDYB Controller power ready 66 DPAPCL5 15 I ETBSYB Engine status busy 67 DPAPCL6 16 P VDD Power supply 68 VDD Power supply 17 P VSS Ground 69 VSS Ground 18 I PRRDYB Printer ready 70 DPAPCL7 19 I EPRDYB Engine power ready 71 DPAPCL8 20 O PDATA Video data of printer 72 DPAPCL9 21 O PCURESB PCU reset signal 73 DPAPCL10 22 O PCLK Serial communication clock 23 I PSTS Status data from PCU 75 DPAPCL12 24 O PCMD Command data to PCU 76 DPAPCL13 25 I CTBSYPCLB Controller status busy in PCL mode 77 DPAPCL14 26 I CPRDYPCLB Controller power ready in PCL mode 78 DPAPCL15 27 O ETBSYPCLB Engine status busy in PCL mode 79 DPAPCL16 28 O PRRDYPCLB Printer ready in PCL mode 80 XCSNICP Chip select signal 29 O EPRDYPCLB Engine power ready in PCL mode 81 30 I PDATAINPCL Video data from PCL 82 B DPONIC1 DPO bus for NIC board 31 O PCLRESB PCL reset signal 83 B DPONIC2 DPO bus for NIC board 32 O XNICACKP Acknowledge signal for NIC in PCL mode 84 B DPONIC3 33 I RXWP READ/WRITE signal from PCL 8 DPONIC4 34 P VDD Power supply 86 VDD Power supply 35 P VSS Ground 87 P VSS Ground 36 I PCLKPCL Serial communication clock in PCL mode 88 DPONIC5 37 O PSTSPCL Status data from PCU in PCL mode 89 B DPONIC6 38 I PCMDPCL Command data to PCL in PCL mode 90 B DPONIC7 39 O PACK Printing acknowledge signal 91 B DPONIC8 40 I PREQ Printing request signal 92 B DPONIC9 DPO bus for NIC board 41 B DPOPCL0 GPO bus for PCL board 93 B DPONIC10 42 B DPOPCL1 GPO bus for PCL board 94 B DPONIC11 43 B DPOPCL2 GPO bus for PCL board 95 B DPONIC12 DPO Bus for NIC Board(*2) 44 B DPOPCL3 GPO bus for PCL board 96 B DPONIC13 DPO Bus for NIC Board(*2) 45 B DPOPCL4 GPO bus for PCL board 97 B DPONIC14 DPO Bus for NIC Board(*2) 46 B DPOPCL5 GPO bus for PCL board 98 B DPONIC15 DPO Bus for NIC Board(*2) 47 B DPOPCL6 GPO bus for PCL board 99 O NICRESB Reset for NIC 48 B DPOPCL7 GPO bus for PCL board 100 O RXWNIC R/W signal for NIC 49 B DPOPCL8 GPO bus for PCL board 101 O XNICACKH XACK to HOST 50 B DPOPCL9 GPO bus for PCL board 102 O XCSNIC Chip Select Signal for NIC 51 N.C Not connect 103 N.C Not connect 52 P VDD Power supply 104 P VDD Power supply

N.C

PDATAM

—

Ground

74

5

—

I I

DPAPCL2

I I I I

I P P

I

DPAPCL11

I

I BD

PONIC0 DPO bus for NIC board

B P

B

Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL)

Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL) Address bus for NIC board (PCL)

DPO bus for NIC board DPO bus for NIC board

DPO bus for NIC board DPO bus for NIC board DPO bus for NIC board DPO bus for NIC board

DPO bus for NIC board DPO bus for NIC board

—

FO-DC600U

5 – 9

FO-DC600U

LC24199B-WJ0-E (IC21) Terminal description (2/2)

PIN I/O Name Function PIN I/O Name Function

105 P VSS Ground 157 P VSS Ground 106 I SDDCT 158 I A3 Address bus 107 I DPANIC0 Address bus for NIC board 159 I A2 Address bus 108 I DPANIC1 Address bus for NIC board 160 I A1 Address bus 109 O DPANIC2 Address bus for NIC board 161 I A0 Address bus 110 P DPANIC3 Address bus for NIC board 162 I XWE Write strobe signal from COSMOS 111 O DPANIC4 Address bus for NIC board 163 I RXW Read/Write Signal 112 O DPANIC5 Address bus for NIC board 164 I XRD Read strobe signal from COSMOS 113 O DPANIC6 Address bus for NIC board 165 B D15 Data bus 114 O DPANIC7 Address bus for NIC board 166 B D14 Data bus 115 O DPANIC8 Address bus for NIC board 167 B D13 Data bus 116 P DPANIC9 Address bus for NIC board 168 B D12 Data bus 117 P DPANIC10 Address bus for NIC board 169 B D11 Data bus 118 I DPANIC11 Address bus for NIC board 170 B D10 Data bus 119 I DPANIC12 Address bus for NIC board 171 B D9 Data bus 120 I VDD Power supply 172 P VDD Power supply 121 O VSS Ground 173 P VSS Ground

—

122 N.C Not connect 174 B D8 123 P DPANIC13 Address bus for NIC board 175 B D7 124 P DPANIC14 Address bus for NIC board 176 B D6 125 P DPANIC15 Address bus for NIC board 177 B D5 126 O DPANIC16 Address bus for NIC board 178 B D4 127 O XCSNICIN 179 B D3 128 I GPIO4 PWSAVE: Powr save control for PS-unit 180 B D2 129 I GPIO5 LEDON: Light ON/OFF for LED in CIS 181 B 130 I GPIO6 VPPCN: VPP control of nor flash memory 182 B 131 I GPIO7 XWP: Write protect for nor flash memory 183 N.C Not connect 132 I XNICACK Acknowlede signal for NIC 184 O INTR

I

133 134 I XORGSNS Document sensor 186 I TEST Test pin 135 I XFRSNS Front sensor 187 O RTCCE Chip select (RTC) 136 B XB4FRS B4 width sensor 188 O RTCCK Serial communication clock (RTC) 137 B PLNGON Plunger contorl signal 189 B RTCDT Serial communication data (RTC) 138 B VDD Power supply 190 P VDD Power supply 139 B VSS Ground 191 P VSS Ground 140 P External bus Clock(33.3MHz) 192 O 141 P Chip select signal 193 O 142 B A16 Address bus 194 O 143 B A15 Address bus 195 O 144 B A14 Address bus 196 O 145 B A13 Address bus 197 O 146 B A12 Address bus 198 O 147 B A11 Address bus 199 O Buzzer signal 148 B A10 Address bus 200 O 149 B A9 Address bus 201 O Reserved for 200V 150 B A8 Address bus 202 O DPMUTE1 151 B A7 Address bus 203 O 152 B A6 Address bus 204 O TXMUTE1 Mute control for TX signal 153 B A5 Address bus 205 O DPON1 Active choke control 154 O A4 Address bus 206 O MONSEL Monitor select/DC character measured 155 N.C Not connect 207 N.C Not connect 156 P VDD Power supply 208 P VDD Power supply

XROLSNS Roller position sensor 185

SHCLK

XCS

—

SD DICT in

Chip select of NIC in FAX mode

D1

—

IX

XMDMRST1 XMDMRST0

SPMUTE VOLC VOLB

VOLA BZOUT GAINC1 ERLY1

—

RESET

Data bus Data bus

Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data busD0

Interrupt request signal

Reset signal

Reset signal for modem chip 1 Reset signal for modem chip 0 Change control of sound sourceBZCONT

Speaker mute control signal

Speaker volume control signal

Speaker volume control signal Speaker volume control signal

Reserved for 200V

Reserved for 200V CML relay control signalCML1

6) SM8578BV (IC22): pin-8, SOP (Real time clock IC)

It is oscillated with the quartz oscillator of 32.768 kHz, and the clock and calendar functions are provided. Even if the power supply of the main body is turned off, it is backed up with lithium battery (BAT1). This device executes the clock-synchronous type serial communication with the Sub ASIC, and CPU can know the time and date through the Sub ASIC.

5 – 10

FO-DC600U

(2) Backup memory block

This block consists of flash memory for the image memory and 256 Kb SRAM backed up with a battery. The image memory has a standard capacity of 16 Mbytes, and it is possible to extend the memory to 24 Mbytes in total by installing the option memory FO-8MK to the connector CNOP1.

1) TC58128AFT (IC26) ... pin-48, TSOP (128 Mb NAND EEPROM)

This is non-volatile memory whose contents are not deleted even when the power is turned off. 16 Mbytes are available as an area for storing the encoded data of the copies or transmitted/received images. It is controlled via the above-mentioned MAIN ASIC (IC6).

2) BS62LV256SC-70 (IC19) ... pin-28, SOP (256 Kb SRAM)

Operation information before shutting off the power supply, user setting content and soft switch content are stored. Even if the power supply of the main body is turned off, it is backed up with a lithium battery (BA T1).

(3) Modem block

The block is mainly composed of the G3 FAX modem FM336PLus (IC30), and is provided with the following modem function.

1) G3 FAX modem

The modem satisfies the requirements specified in ITU-T recommendations V.34 half-duplex, V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27 ter, V.21, and meets the binary signaling requirements of V.8 and T.30 with Annex F. Internal HDLC support eliminates the need for an external serial input/ output (SIO) device in the DTE for products incorporating error detection and T.30 protocol. The modem can perform HDLC framing per T.30 at all data speeds. CRC generation/checking along with zero insertion/ deletion enhances SDLC/HDLC frame operations. Two FSK (V .21 Ch. 1 and V.21 Ch. 2) flag pattern detectors facilitate FSK detection during high-speed reception. The modem features a programmable DTMF transmitter/receiver and three programmable tone detectors.

2) Features

· 2-wire half-duplex fax modem modes with send and receive data rates up to 33.6 kbps.

— V.34 half-duplex, V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27 ter, and V.21 Channel 2 — Short train option in V.17 and V.27 ter

· 2-wire duplex data modem modes

— V.21, V.23 (75 bps TX/1200 bps RX or 1200 bps TX/75 bps RX)

· PSTN session starting

— V.8 and V.8 bis signaling

· HDLC support at all speeds

— Flag generation, 0-bit stuffing, ITU-T CRC-16 or CRC-32

calculation and generation

— Flag detection, 0-bit stuffing, ITU-T CRC-16 or CRC-32 check sum

error detection

— FSK flag pattern detection during high-speed receiving

· Tone modes and features

— Programmable single or dual tone generation — DTMF receiver — Tone detection with three programmable tone detectors

· Serial and parallel synchronous data

· Automatic Rate Adaptation (ARA) in V.34 half-duplex

· Auto-dial and auto-answer control

· TTL and CMOS compatible DTE interface

— ITU-T V.24 (EIA/TIA-232-E) (data/control) — Microprocessor bus (data/configuration/control)

· Receive dynamic range:

— 0 dBm to -43 dBm for V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27 ter and V.21 — -9 dBm to -43 dBm for V.34 half-duplex

· Caller ID Demodulation

· Single tone detection in Data Mode

· ADPCM Voice Mode (Conexant Proprietary)

· Programmable RSLD turn-on and turn-off thresholds

· Programmable transmit level: 0 to -15 dBm

· Adjustable speaker output to monitor received signal

· DMA support for interrupt lines

· Two 16-byte FIFO data buffers for burst data transfer with extension up

to 255 bytes

· Diagnostic capability

· V.21 Channel 1 Flag detect and V.21 Channel 2 Flag detect

· +3.3 V operation with +5 V tolerant inputs

· +5 V analog signal interface

· 100-pin PQFP package

· Typical power consumption

— Normal mode:

VDD1 = 250 mW (+3.3 V for DSP); VDD = 35 mW (+5 V for IA)

— Sleep mode:

VDD1 = 20 mW (+3.3 V for DSP); VDD = 0.1 mW (+5 V for IA)

5 – 11

FO-DC600U

3) Configurations, Signaling Rates, and Data Rates

Configuration Modulation

V.90 PCM PCM —

V. 34 33600 TCM3TCM Note 2 33600 3429 only Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 31200 TCM3TCM Note 2 31200 3200 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 28800 TCM3TCM Note 2 28800 3000 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 26400 TCM3TCM Note 2 26400 2800 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 24000 TCM3TCM Note 2 24000 2800 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 21600 TCM3TCM Note 2 21600 2400 min Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 19200 TCM3TCM Note 2 19200 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 16800 TCM3TCM Note 2 16800 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 14400 TCM3TCM Note 2 14400 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 12000 TCM3TCM Note 2 12000 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 9600 TCM3TCM Note 2 9600 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 7200 TCM3TCM Note 2 7200 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 4800 TCM3TCM Note 2 4800 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 V. 34 2400 TCM3TCM Note 2 2400 2400 only Note 2 Note 2 Note 2

V. 32 bis 14400 TCM V. 32 bis 12000 TCM V. 32 bis 9600 TCM V. 32 bis 7200 TCM V. 32 bis 4800

V. 32 9600 TCM TCM 1800 9600 2400 4 1 32 V. 32 9600 QAM 1800 9600 2400 4 0 16 V. 32 4800 QAM 1800 4800 2400 2 0 4

V. 22 bis 2400 QAM 1200/2400 2400 600 4 0 16 V. 22 bis 1200 DPSK 1200/2400 1200 600 2 0 4

V. 22 1200 DPSK 1200/2400 1200 600 2 0 4 V. 22 600 DPSK 1200/2400 600 600 1 0 4

V. 23 1200/75 FSK 1700/420 1200/75 1200 1 0 — V. 21 FSK 1080/1750 Up to 300 300 1 0 — Bell 208 4800 DPSK 1800 4800 1600 3 0 8 Bell 212A DPSK 1200/2400 1200 600 2 0 4 Bell 103 FSK 1170/2125 Up to 300 300 1 0 — V. 17 14400 TCM/V.33

V. 17 12000 TCM/V.33 V. 17 9600 TCM TCM 1800 9600 2400 4 1 32 V. 17 7200 TCM TCM 1800 7200 2400 3 1 16

V. 29 9600 QAM 1700 9600 2400 4 0 16 V. 29 7200 QAM 1700 7200 2400 3 0 8 V. 29 4800 QAM 1700 4800 2400 2 0 4

V. 27 4800 DPSK 1800 4800 1600 3 0 8 V. 27 2400 DPSK 1800 2400 1200 2 0 4

V. 21 Channel 2 FSK 1750 300 300 1 0 — Notes:

TCM 1800 14400 2400 6 1 128 TCM 1800 12000 2400 5 1 64 TCM 1800 9600 2400 4 1 32 TCM 1800 7200 2400 3 1 16 QAM 1800 4800 2400 2 0 4

TCM 1800 14400 2400 6 1 128 TCM 1800 12000 2400 5 1 64

Carrier Frequency

(Hz) ± 0.01 % ± 0.01 % (Symbols/Sec.) Data TCM Points

Data Rate (bps) Symbol Rate Bits/Symbol- Bits/Symbol- Constellation

56000 R/V.34 rates T (Note 4)

8000 Dynamic ——

1. Modulation legend: TCM: Trellis-Coded Modulation QAM: Quadrature Amplitude Modulation PCM: Pulse Coded Modulation

2. Adaptive; established during handshake: Symbol Rate (Baud) V. 34 Low Carrier Frequency (Hz) V. 34 High Carrier Frequency (Hz)

3. For both duplex and half-duplex modes.

4. Maximum data rate.

FSK: Frequency Shift Keying DPSK: Differential Phase Shift Keying

2400 1600 1800 2800 1680 1867 3000 1800 2000 3200 1829 1920 3429 1959 1959

5 – 12

FM336Plus (IC30) Terminal description

PIN I/O Name Interface

1 — RESERVED NC 2 IA RS2 HOST Interface 3 IA RS3 HOST Interface 4 IA RS4 HOST Interface 5 IA /CS OHOST Interface 6 IA /WR HOST Interface 7 IA /RD HOST Interface 8 OA /RDCLK DTE Serial Interface

9 OA /RLSD DTE Serial Interface 10 OA TDCLK DTE Serial Interface 11 IA TXD DTE Serial Interface 12 OA /CTS DTE Serial Interface 13 PWR VDD1 14 — RESERVED NC 15 — RESERVED NC 16 GND VSS 17 — NC 18 IA /RESET 19 OA SR4OUT 20 — NC NC 21 IA SR4IN 22 OA CLK OUT 23 OA EYESYNC 24 OA EYECLK 25 GND MAVSS 26 PWR MAVDD 27 O(DF) SPKR Telephone Line Interface 28 O(DD) TXA2 Telephone Line Interface 29 O(DD) TXA1 Telephone Line Interface 30 MI VREF 31 MI VC 32 I(DA) RIN Telephone Line Interface 33 AGND MAVSS — 34 IA /POR 35 — RESERVED NC 36 — RESERVED NC 37 O(DD) /TALK Telephone Line Interface 38 PWR VDD — 39 — RESERVED NC 40 — RESERVED NC 41 — NC NC 42 IA M CNTRL SIN 43 IA M CLKIN 44 IA M TXSIN 45 IA M SCK 46 IA M RXOUT 47 IA M STROBE 48 — RESERVED NC 49 O(DD) OH Telephone Line Interface 50 PWR VDD —

Notes:

1. I/O types: MI: Modem interconnect IA, IB: Digital input O(DD), O(DF): Analog input I(DA): Analog input OA, OB: Digital output

2. NC= No external connection required. RESERVED= No external connection allowed.

3. Interface Legend:

HOST= Modem Control Unit (Host) DET= Data Terminal Equipment

—

NC Modem Interconnect Modem Interconnect

Modem Interconnect Modem Interconnect Diagnostic Signal Diagnostic Signal

— —

Modem Interconnect Modem Interconnect

Modem Interconnect

Modem Interconnect Modem Interconnect Modem Interconnect Modem Interconnect Modem Interconnect Modem Interconnect

PIN I/O Name Interface

51 — RESERVED NC 52 GND VSUB — 53 GND VSS — 54 — NC NC 55 — NC NC 56 MI SLEEP Modem Interconnect 57 PWR VDD1 — 58 — NC NC 59 — RESERVED NC 60 — RESERVED NC 61 MI SR1IO Modem Interconnect 62 PWR VCORE — 63 PWR VDD1 — 64 IA XTCLK DTE Serial Interface 65 GND VSS — 66 — RESERVED NC 67 OA RXD DTE Serial Interface 68 IA /DTR DTE Serial Interface 69 PWR VDD1 — 70 MI IA SLEEP Modem Interconnect 71 PWR VGG — 72 OA YCLK Overhead Signal 73 OA XCLK Overhead Signal 74 OA EYEXY Diagnostic Siganl 75 OA /DSR DTE Serial Interface 76 OA /RI Telephone Line Interface 77 IA RINGD Telephone Line Interface 78 IA /RTS DTE Serial Interface 79 OA IRQ HOST Interface 80 GND VSS — 81 MI GP00 Modem Interconnect 82 — RESERVED NC 83 — RESERVED NC 84 PWR VDD1 — 85 I XTALI/CLKIN Overhead Signal 86 O XTALO Overhead Signal 87 IA/OB D0 88 IA/OB D1 89 IA/OB D2 90 IA/OB D3 91 IA/OB D4 92 PWR VDD1 93 IA/OB D5 94 IA/OB D6 95 IA/OB D7 96 IA/OB RS0 97 IA/OB RS1 98 PWR PLL VDD — 99 GND VSS —

100 GND PLL GND —

HOST Interface HOST Interface HOST Interface HOST Interface HOST Interface

—

HOST Interface HOST Interface HOST Interface HOST Interface HOST Interface

FO-DC600U

5 – 13

FO-DC600U

D

(4) Scanner control block

1) Image signal process block

The CIS is driven by MAIN ASIC (IC6), and the output video signal from the CIS is input into IC6 through the amplifying circuit. The ADC and buffer are provided in IC6, and the digital image processing is performed.

2) Mechanical control block

The mechanical control block is mainly composed of MAIN ASIC to control the following.

(a) Scanner motor control

The revolution speed and timing of the scanner motor are controlled to output the control signals to the motor driver (IC3).

(b) Verification stamp and LED lamp control

On/off of the end verification and LED lamp of CIS is controlled with the software.

CIS

VIDEO

SIGNAL

AMPLIFIER

CIRCUIT

CLOCK

Fig. 5

MAIN ASIC

(IC6)

OUT1A

OUT1B

6 9

VBB

14

1

7

(5) Speaker amplifier

The speaker amplifier monitors the line under the on-hook mode, outputs the buzzer sound generated by SUB ASIC, ringer sound, DTMF generated from the modem, and line sound.

(6) Page memory block

W986416DH or MT48LC4M16A2TG (IC5): pin-54, TSOP (64 Mb SDRAM)

The page memory block is composed of one SDRAM of 64 Mb, being commonly used as the image memory. The memory is divided into the page memory for the scanner and the page memory for printing. This memory is controlled by the MAIN ASIC directly.

The page memory for scanner is composed of the partial area of IC5. The image data of approx. one page (except in the super fine mode) of the draft read with the scanner can be stored. They are stored until they are contracted by CODEC function in MAIN ASIC.

The page memory for printing is composed of the remaining areas of IC5 and can store approx. one page of the image data decoded by CODEC function in MAIN ASIC. The data are stored until they are transferred to Printer PWB with the SUB ASIC and printed.

(7) Driver block

Sending motor driver (IC3: LB1845) ---- 28-pin DIP

This IC driver at the sending motor at the constant current with the bipolar, chopper system.

OUT2B

8

OUT2A

VCC 28

PHASE1

VREF1

ENABLE1

OUTPUT

BLOCK

TSD

–

25

+

26

–

24

+

–

22

I01

+

–

23

I11

+

OUTPUT

BLOCK

–

CURRENT CONTROL

+

BLOCK

2

327

E1

SENSE1

OUTPUT

BLOCK

OUTPUT

BLOCK

ONE

SHOT

RC1

OUTPUT

4

15 16 12

11

GND

D-GN

BLOCK

ONE

SHOT

RC2

–

+

E2

13

SENSE2

OUTPUT

BLOCK

OUTPUT

BLOCK

CURRENT CONTROL

BLOCK

–

PHASE2

18

+

VREF2

17

–

ENABLE2

19

+

–

I02

21

+

–

I12

20

+

I0 I1 Output Current

L L Vref/ (10 x RE) = IOUT

H L Vref/ (15 x RE) = IOUT x 2/3

L H Vref/ (30 x RE) = IOUT x 1/3

HH 0

Note: When ENABLE = H or I0 = I1 = H, the output is in OFF state.

Fig. 6

[Truth Table]

ENABLE PHASE OUTA OUTB

LHHL LLLH

H – OFF OFF

5 – 14

FO-DC600U

1.2 ms

0V

1.5 V (TYP) (White original paper)

Approx. 5 V

CISSI

CISCLK

AO

1.84 MHz Approx. 5 V

0 V

LB1845 (IC3) Terminal description

Pin name Pin No. Pin Description

VBB 1, 14 Output stage power-supply voltage

SENSE1 2 Set current detection pins. SENSE2 13 Connect these pins, fed back through noise filters, to E1, and E2.

E1 3 Current control pins by connecting between this pin and GND. E2 12

DGND 4,11 Internal diode anode connection

OUT1B 6 OUT1A 7 Output pins OUT2B 8 OUT2A 9

GND 15 Ground

RC1 27 Used to set the output off time for the switched output signals. RC2 16 The fixed off times are set by the capacitors and resistors connected to these pins. t off CR

Vref1 26 Output current settings Vref2 17 The output current is determined by the voltage (in the range 1.5 to 7.5V) input to these pins.

PHASE1 25 Output phase switching inputs. PHASE2 18 [H] input : OUT A = high, OUT B = low

[L] input : OUT A = low, OUT B = high

ENABLE1 24 Output on/off settings ENABLE2 19 [H] input : output OFF

[L] input : output ON

I01, I11 22, 23 Digital inputs that set the output current I02, I12 21, 20 The output currents can be set to 1/3, 2/3, or full by setting these pins to appropriate combinations of high and low levels.

VCC 28 Logic block power supply.

(8) LCD control block

This block consists of the LCD controller and drive voltage generation circuit.

1) SED1374F0A (IC10): pin-80, QFP (LCD Controller)

The LCD controller SED1374F0A (IC10) conducts direct control to display the bitmap data through the LCD module, which is transferred to the built-in VRAM by the CPU (IC24).

2) Drive voltage generation circuit

The drive voltage of the LCD module is generated by the booster circuit including the switching regulator S-8358J50MC (IC4). The CPU monitors the ambient temperature of the LCD module using the thermistor, and the temperature adjustment of the LCD’s contrast is performed by controlling the drive voltage.

[3] Circuit description of CIS unit

1. CIS

CIS is an image sensor which puts the original paper in close contact with the full-size sensor for scanning, being a monochromatic type with the pixel number of 2,048 dots and the main scanning density of 8 dots/mm.

It is composed of sensor, rod lens, LED light source, control circuit and so on, and the reading line and focus are previously adjusted as the unit. Due to the full-size sensor , the focus distance is so short that the set is changed from the light weight type to the compact type.

2. Waveforms

The following clock is supplied from LC272D0BT -WA6 via 74HCT244 on the control board, and AO is output.

(9) Network I/F block

This block establishes interface to the NIC option (FO-LN1) and PCL board option (FO-NP1) through SUB ASIC mentioned in the above item

5). The I/F line (DPO-bus) to NIC is shared with the Fax system on the PCL board, and SUB ASIC assigns a place to connect. The PCU (laser printer engine) is also shared with the Fax system on the PCL board, and the printer master is decided by mutual negotiations via SUB ASIC. The I/F route is as follows:

1

Fax system to NIC

Makes communication via SUB ASIC.

2

Fax system to PCL board

• Serial Communication: Clock sync serial communication function

• Print Request/Acknowledge: Print request from the PCL board and

response to it

3

NIC to PCL board

Makes communication via SUB ASIC.

4

PCL board to PCU

• Serial Communication: Clock sync serial communication function

• Other signals: The print vertical sync signal (/TOD) and the print

horizontal sync signal (/HSYNC) are connected directly . Signals other than these are connected via SUB ASIC.

Fig. 7

5 – 15

FO-DC600U

[4] Circuit description of LIU PWB

(1) LIU block operational description

1) Block diagram

LINE

EXT.TEL

SURGE

PROTECTION

CIRCUIT

HS

DETECTOR

HI

LO

DIODE

BRIDGE

CI

DETECTOR

ACTIVE CHOKE

+5V

LIU

TXOUT

CML0 CML0

XEXHS0 XEXHS0

XCI0 XCI0

Fig. 8

TXOUT

RXINRXIN

+5V

+24VA

DG

CONTROL

SPEAKER

TXA2

TXA1

HI

LO

VREF

LO

HI

RIN

SPKR

HI

LO

HI

LO

MODEM

(FM336PLUS)

XESHS0

MONSEL

BZOUTEN

BZCONT SPMUTE

CML0

XCI0

VOLC VOLB VOLA

SUB ASIC

2) Circuit description

The LIU PWB is composed of the following 9 blocks.

1. Surge protection circuit

2. On-hook status detection circuit

3. Dial pulse generation circuit

4. CML relay

5. Matching transformer

6. Hybrid circuit

7. Signal selection

8. CI detection circuit

9. Power supply and bias circuit

3) Block description

1. Surge Protection circuit

This circuit protects the circuit from the surge voltage occurring on the telephone line.

• The AR1 protect the circuit from the 390V or higher line surge voltages.

• The AR2 and AR3 protect the circuit from the 500V or higher vertical surge voltages.

• The ZD6 and ZD7 control the voltage generated on the secondary side of matching transformer to 2V.

2. On-hook status detection circuit

The on-hook status detection circuit detects the Status of the push speaker key , and the status of the hook of a telephone externally connected.

• External telephone hook status detection circuit (XEXHS0)

This circuit comprises the photo-coupler PC3, resistors R13 and R12, Zener diodes ZD1 and ZD2. When an external telephone is connected and enters the on-hook mode, the LED of photo-coupler PC3 emits light and the light receiving element tuns on. The status signal XEXHS0 is input to the pin10 of (SUB ASIC) (IC21: Control PWB).

XEXHS0 LOW : EXT. TEL OFF-HOOK XEXHS0 HIGH: EXT. TEL ON-HOOK

3. Dial pulse generation circuit

The pulse dial generation circuit comprises CML. CML ON: Make

CML OFF: Break

5 – 16

FO-DC600U

4. CML relay

The CML relay switches over connection to the matching transformer T1 while the FAX is being used.

5. Matching transformer

The matching transformer performs electrical insulation from the telephone line and impedance matching for transmitting the FAX signal.

6. Hybrid circuit

The hybrid circuit performs 2-wire-to-4-wire conversion using the IC of operational amplifier, transmits the voice transmission signal to the line, and feeds back the voice signal to the voice reception circuit as the side tone.

7. Signal selection

The following signals are used to control the transmission line of FAX signal. For details, refer to the signal selector matrix table.

[Control signals from output port]

Signal Name Description

Line connecting relay and DP generating relay

CML0

SP MUTE

VOL A VOL B

VOL C

(the circuit is located in

the control PWB.)

BZCONT

(the circuit is located in

the control PWB.)

H: Line make L: Line brake

Speaker tone mute control signal H: Muting (Power down mode) L: Muting cancel (Normal operation)

Speaker volume control signal

VRSEL1 VRSEL2 matrix

VOL A

L

H

L

VOL B

L L L

VOL C

L L

H

RING./

Receiving

High

Middle

Low

Buzzer

–

High Low

Speaker output signal switching L: Buzzer signal output H: When monitoring line signal

DTMF

High

Middle

Low

[SIgnals for status recognition according to input signals]

Signal Name Function

XCI0

Incoming call (CI) detection signal

H: The handset or external telephone is in the

XEXHS0

on-hook state.

L: The handset or external telephone in the off-

hook state.

[Other signals]

Signal Name Function

TXOUT

RXIN

NO Signal Name(CNLIU)

1 RXIN 2 TXOUT 3CI 4 EXHS

Transmission (DTMF) analog signal output from modem

Reception (DTMF , others) analog signal input into modem

NO Signal Name(CNLIU)

6 CML 7 +5V 8DG 9 +24VA

5 DPON (N.C.)

8. CI detection circuit

The CI detection circuit detects the CI signals of 15.3 Hz to 68 Hz. A CI signal, which is provided to the photo-coupler PC1 through the C1 (0.82 uF), R6 (22K), and ZD3 and R5 (13K) when the ring signal is inputted from the telephone line.

9. Power supply and bias circuits

The voltages of +5V and +24VA are supplied from the control PWB unit.

(Example: Fax signal send)

LINE

EXT.TEL

SURGE

PROTECTION

CIRCUIT

HS

DETECTOR

HI

LO

DIODE

BRIDGE

CI

DETECTOR

ACTIVE CHOKE

+5V

LIU

TXOUT

CML0 CML0

XEXHS0 XEXHS0

XCI0 XCI0

TXOUT

RXINRXIN

SPEAKER

+5V

+24VA

DG

CONTROL

LO

HI

TXA2

TXA1

HI

LO

MODEM

(FM336PLUS)

XESHS0

MONSEL

BZOUTEN

BZCONT SPMUTE

CML0

XCI0

VOLC VOLB VOLA

SUB ASIC

HI

LO

VREF

RIN

SPKR

HI

LO

Fig. 9

5 – 17

FO-DC600U

TCP

PWB

LCD PANEL (hard coating)

Bezel

[5]

Circuit description of operation panel PWB

1. Operational description

1) Operation panel PWB

The operation panel PWB includes the ten key scan circuit and the LED lighting circuit.The LS145 is controlled through LD0~LD3 (4 bits) and ten key detection is performed. The HC174 is controlled through LD0~LD5 (6 bits) to provide LED lighting information.

2) LCD (LM046QB1H01)

a. Scope of application

This specification applies to a positive diffusion type monochrome dot matrix LCD module LM046QB1H01.

b. Structure and external shape

Structure: 320 x 240 monographic display module This dot matrix LCD module consists of an LCD panel, a print PWB mounting electrical parts, a TCP electrically connecting these units and bezels fixing them mechanically.

2. Block diagram

PLTSW

PAGE PLATE SW

KEY MATRIX(10 x 8)

Fig. 10 Module construction plan

SEN[7:0]

LD[7:0]

LEDEN1

LEDEN2

TH1 TH2

LD[3:0]

LD[5:0]

LS145

LED PWB

+5V

HC174

+5V

HC174

RT1

t°

YD LP XCK M DISP D[3:0]

LCD RELAY PWB

Fig. 11

5 – 18

(320 x 240 DOTS LCD)

LCD

[6]

Circuit description of power supply PWB

This unit supply input AC 120 V/60 Hz, +24 V, +5 V as block diagram shows. (See Fig. 12)

F702

8A/125V

HEATER

ON/OFF

CIRCUIT

4A/125V

F701

NOISE CIRCUIT/

RECTIFICATION AND

SMOOTHING CIRCUIT

SWITCHING

CIRCUIT

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

PC702

RL701

AC-L

AC-N

FG

HEATER

PC701

T701

+24 V CIRCUIT

SWITCHING

CIRCUIT

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

F703

4A/125V

+5 V

CIRCUIT

FO-DC600U

+24 V

F704

4A/125V

+5 V

GND

1. Noise/Rectification and smoothing circuit

Filter part reduces the outgoing noise that generated in the Power Supply unit, and prevents the invasion of the noise from outside. The excessive surge such as the thunder is prevented by Varistor X701. Rectification and Smoothing circuit is supply DC voltage to switching part by AC input rectify by Diode D701, D702, D703, D704 and smoothing Capacitor C706.

2. Switching circuit

This circuit is adopt Ringing Choke Converter system that self-excited. This system supplies power as follows; AC voltage that supplied by Rectifying and smoothing part is change high-frequency pulse by NO/OFF repeat of MOS FET Q701. And while Q701 ON, accumulate energy in primary winding of transformer T701. And while OFF, eject energy to secondary winding. Control of constant voltage is carry out by as follows; Feedback put on control circuit through photo coupler from +24 V Output. Over Current Protection Circuit detect spread of ON period by Output Load is heavy, and extend OFF period by control circuit. And turn down energy that accumulating in primary winding. Over Current Protection is make secondary side of output voltage +24 V’s rising over voltage condition by conducting Zener Diode D711 that between +24 V output and GND. Then protection is carrying out by Over Current Protection Circuit of Control Circuit working.

Fig. 12

3. +24 V circuit

+24 V Circuit is supplied by Transformer T701 Output Rectification and Smoothing by Diode D710, Capacitor C715.

4. +5 V circuit

+5 V Output is carry out stabilization by step-down Chopper Circuit that inputted above +24 V. When MOS FET Q705 ON, this system supply load energy through L705, and when OFF, accumulated energy in L705 Rectification to load by D715. Control of constant voltage is carry out by detect +5 V output by Shunt Regulator and put on Feedback.

5. HEATER ON signal

HEATER ON/OFF is carry out by send a signal through Trigger TR701 of Photo Triac Coupler PC702 by (High/Low).

6. HEATER-RELAY OFF signal

ON/OFF of Relay RL701 is carry out by (High/Low). But when HEATERRELAY OFF Signal change High to Low , Thyristor SR701 keep ON condition. So RL701 keep OFF condition till Power Supply re-inter.

5 – 19

FO-DC600U

[7]

Circuit description of Dual Line Kit (Option: FO-60DL)

1) Block diagram

SURGE

PROTECTION

LINE-2

CIRCUIT

HI

LO

2) Circuit description

1. Dual Line Control PWB

2. LIU PWB (Line-2)

DIODE

BRIDGE

CI

DETECTOR

ACTIVE CHOKE

+5V

LIU (LINE-2)

TXOUT

XCI1 XCI1

CML1 CML1

Fig. 13

DUAL LINE

TXOUT

RXINRXIN

CONTROL

HI

LO

VREF

TXA2

TXA1

RIN

SPKR

XCI1

MODEM

(FM336PLUS)

CML1

SUB ASIC

1. Dual Line Control PWB The circuit structure of Dual Line Control PWB is the same as that of Modem Block on the Control PWB, and has G3 FAX communication function which is similar to that function of Line-1.

2. LIU PWB (Line-2) LIU PWB (Line-2) is the same unit as LIU PWB (Line-1) and has line I/F function for Line-2. It is controlled by Control PWB, and the communication data line is connected to the modem on Dual Line Control PWB.

5 – 20

K

CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT

A

[1] Main Control PWB circuit CPU block

6

5

(12-5E) (12-5E) (10-3I) (10-6E)

+3.3V

4

3

+1.9VD

2

DG VSS-PLL

+3.3V

1

DG

( 9-2E)

L101

0 (1608/2125)

R454

R361

R300 0

R302 0

SHADG

LCDTH

MEMDTCT0 MEMDTCT1 PCLDTCT NICDTCT

C220

0.1u

DG

Vcc-PLL

0

A

R351

N.M.

R291

R289 0 R286 0

R256 10K

OSC1

4

VDD

GND2OUT

33.1776MHz

( 2-3A)( 3-1A)( 4-4A) ( 7-3B)( 8-4H)(11-5H)

CE11 22u/16V

+3.3VSHA

C245

0.1u

SHADG

MC2850

0

+3.3V

OE

D6

+3.3V

R343 4.7K

C278 1000p

DG

(11-3A) ( 2-3A)

R290 4.7K

N.M.

C237

1

3

C222

( 4-2A)

(4-4A)

R288 4.7K

C240 1000p

R29 10

C225

+3.3VSHA

R299 20K

R287 4.7K

C239 1000p

C224

/RESET

TCS1

TCS2

/ICERESOUT

MANRES

B

(11-5E) (11-5E) (11-5E) (11-5E) (11-5E) (11-5H) (11-5H) (11-5E)

(11-5H) (11-5H) (11-5H) (11-5H) (11-5E)

( 2-3A) ( 2-3A) ( 2-3A) ( 2-3A)

( 2-3A) ( 2-4A)

( 8-3H)

(11-3I)

13 24 11

14

2 10 15 22

C223

6

7 18 19

IC16A

74LV14A

R261 10K

DG

R258

N.M.

DG

B

LCDVECNT

IC15

FBOUT

FBIN CLK 1G

2G

VCC VCC

VCC

GND GND GND GND

147

Q111

KRA102S

AUDATA0 AUDATA1 AUDATA2 AUDATA3 /AUDSYNC TDO /ASEBRKAK /ASEMD0

TDI TCK TMS /TRST AUDCK

/IRL0

/IRL1 /IRL2 /IRL3

/DREQ0 /DREQ1

TXD

RXD

1Y0 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4

2Y0 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3

AVCC

AGND

12

+3.3V

Q110

DG

12 3

4 5 8 9

21 20 17 16

23

1

C246 2200p

DG

74LV14A

R260

0

R259

R304

4.7K

DG

R298 100

+3.3V

R20 10 R21 10 R22 10

R28 10 R30 10

R31

C221

DG

N.M.

IC16B

N.M.

R32

R257

(11-3D)

+3.3V+3.3V

C

C274 C275 C276 C277 C242

N.M.

DGDG

C

R293

4.7K

147

DG

C241

+3.3V

34

CKSPDR CKCSMS CKLCDC

CKSDRL CKSDRU CKICE

NMI

R262

1K

C244

0.1u

+3.3V

R359

R350 R354 4.7K

R333 4.7K R353

( 3-1A) ( 2-3A) ( 7-3B)

( 4-2D) ( 4-5D) (11-2D)

+5V

5 4

TP505

C219 C218 C217 C235

SHADG

R358

4.7K

0

R360

+3.3V

R296

10K

C243

N.M.

DG

C248 1u

M/R

VCC

SUB

GND

VOUT

IC17

PST596

N.M.

R357

DG

R355

1 2 3

DG

R334

R352

0

R356

D

+3.3V

D

DG

N.M.

+3.3V

Vss-PLL

FO-DC600U

+1.9VD

R335 100 R336 0

R301 10K

R295 10K

R50 10K R51 10K

SHADG

R332 4.7

R294 4.7

R297 10K

C17 1u/6.3V C21 1u/6.3V C20 1u/6.3V C25 1u/6.3V C24 1u/6.3V C22 1u/6.3V C19 1u/6.3V C238 1u C11

+1.9VD

DG

C16 1u/6.3V C23 1u/6.3V C13 1u/6.3V C10

Vcc-PLL

DG

C14

C236 470p

C15

+3.3VSHA

C12

SHADG

R303

TP3

R292

TP5

+3.3V

1u/6.3V

TP15

1u/6.3V

4.7

TP2

TP1

0

6 – 1

FO-DC600U

1.9VD

R335 100 R336 0

R301 10K

R295 10K

0 10K 1 10K

SHADG

R292

R332 4.7K

R294 4.7K

R297 10K

C17 1u/6.3V C21 1u/6.3V C20 1u/6.3V C25 1u/6.3V C24 1u/6.3V C22 1u/6.3V C19 1u/6.3V C238 1u C11

1u/6.3V

+1.9VD

C16 1u/6.3V C23 1u/6.3V C13 1u/6.3V C10

1u/6.3V

Vcc-PLL

1u/6.3V

C14

C236 470p

1u/6.3V

C15

TP15

+3.3VSHA

L

1u/6.3V

C12

ADG

R303

TP3

TP5

+3.3V

TP2

TP1

4.7K

109 110 111 112 113 120 121 122

114 116 118 119 159 162

151 152 153 154 155 160 161

171 172 173 174

140 141 142

0

143 144 147 145 146

169 168 167 164 129 163

131 132

138 149

157 165 166

139 137 158 156

117 115 150 148 130

123 125 124 128 126 127

175 176 170

E

2

XTAL2

3

EXTAL2 AUDATA[0]/PTF[0]

AUDATA[1]/PTF[1] AUDATA[2]/PTF[2] AUDATA[3]/PTF[3] AUDSYNC/PTF[4] TDO/PTF[5] ASEBRKAK/PTF[6] ASEMD0

TDI/PTG[0] TCK/PTG[1] TMS/PTG[2] TRST/PTG[3] AUDCK/PTG[4] ADTRG/PTG[5]

IRQ0/IRL0/PTH[0] IRQ1/IRL1/PTH[1] IRQ2/IRL2/PTH[2] IRQ3/IRL3/PTH[3] IRQ4/PTH[4] DREQ0/PTH[5] DREQ1/PTH[6]

AN[0]/PTJ[0] AN[1]/PTJ[1] AN[2]/DA[1]/PTJ[2] AN[3]/DA[0]/PTJ[3]

TxD0/SCPT[0] SCK0/SCPT[1] TxD2/SCPT[2] SCK2/SCPT[3] RTS2/SCPT[4] CTS2/IRQ5/SCPT[5] RxD0/SCPT[0] RxD2/SCPT[2]

MD5 MD4 MD3 MD2 MD1 MD0

XTAL EXTAL

CKIO RESETM

NMI RESETP CA

13

VccQ1

11

VssQ1

27

VccQ2

25

VssQ2

39

VccQ3

37

VssQ3

51

VccQ4

49

VssQ4

63

VccQ5

61

VssQ5

86

VccQ6

84

VssQ6

95

VccQ7

93

VssQ7 VccQ8 VssQ8 VccQ9 VssQ9

21

Vcc1

19

Vss1

73

Vcc2

71

Vss2 Vcc3 Vss3 Vcc4 Vss4 Vss

Vcc-PLL1 Vss-PLL1 CAP1 Vcc-PLL2 Vss-PLL2 CAP2

AVcc1 AVss1 AVss

HD6417706F133

IC24

MAIN CPU

D31/PTB[7] D30/PTB[6] D29/PTB[5] D28/PTB[4] D27/PTB[3] D26/PTB[2] D25/PTB[1] D24/PTB[0]

D23/PTA[7] D22/PTA[6] D21/PTA[5] D20/PTA[4] D19/PTA[3] D18/PTA[2] D17/PTA[1] D16/PTA[0]

WE0/DQMLL

WE1/DQMLU/WE

RD/WR

WE2/DQMUL/ICIORD/PTC[1]

WE3/DQMUU/ICIOWR/PTC[2]

BS/PTC[0]

CS0 CS2/PTC[3] CS3/PTC[4] CS4/PTC[5]

CS5/CE1A/PTC[6] CS6/CE1B/PTC[7]

RASL/PTD[0]

RASU/PTD[1]

CASL/PTD[2]

CASU/PTD[3]

CKE/PTD[4]

IOIS16/PTD[5]

CE2A/PTD[6] CE2B/PTD[7]

BACK

BREQ

WAIT

DACK0/PTE[0] DACK1/PTE[1] DRAK0/PTE[2]

DRAK1/PTE[3] STATUS0/PTE[4] STATUS1/PTE[5]

TCLK/PTE[6]

IRQOUT/PTE[7]

Vcc-RTC Vss-RTC

A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10

D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10

F

R451 33

76

R452 33

75 74 72

BR34

70

33 x4

69 68 67

BR35

66

33 x4

65 64 62

BR36

60

33 x4

59 58 57

BR37

56

A9

33 x4

55

A8

54

A7

53

A6

BR38

52

A5

33 x4

50

A4

48

A3

47

A2

BR39

46

A1

33 x4

45

A0

5 6

BR21

7 8 9 10

BR17

12 14

15 16

BR20

17 18 20 22

BR16

23 24

26 28

BR19

29

33 x4

30 31 32

BR15

33

D9

33 x4

34

D8

35

D7

36

D6

BR18

38

D5

33 x4

40

D4

41

D3

42

D2

BR14

43

D1

33 x4

44

D0

78

RD

79 80 83 77

R453 N.M.

81

R449

82 85 87 88 89

TP7

90 91

96

TP8

97 98

TP9

99 100

R347 4.7K

101

TP10

92

TP11

94

TP12

102

R348 4.7K

103 104

105 106 107 108

TP13

133

TP14

134

R342 10K

135

TP16

136

+1.9VD

1 4

C18 1u/6.3V

A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

D31 D30 D29 D28 D27 D26 D25 D24

D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16

N.M.

D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

R426 33 R425 33 R427 33 R450 33 R424 33

R341 33 R340 33 R339 33 R338 33

R337 33 R346 33 R345 33 R344 33

+3.3V

R421 100 R420 100 R419 0 R418 0

+3.3V

DG

R61 0

R349 4.7K

DEBUG

JP1

NORMAL

G

IC16C

74LV14A

IC16D

74LV14A

R422

1 2

R423 0

3

N.M.

+3.3V

C71

N.M.

D[31:0]

+3.3V

147

+3.3V

RD/WR

/DQMUL /DQMUU

/DACK0 /DACK1 /DRAK0 /DRAK1

A[25:0]

56

147

/CS0J

DG

/RD /WE0 /WE1

/BS

/CS0 /CS2 /CS3 /CS4

/CS6 /RASL /CASL

CKE

CRNT0 CRNT1

/WAIT

H

( 2-1A)( 3-1A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A) ( 7-5C)(11-6A)(12-2F)

( 2-2A)( 3-2A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A) ( 7-4C)(11-6A)(12-4D)(12-2D)

+3.3V

C247

0.1u

IC16E

147

74LV14A

+3.3V

IC16F

98

147

74LV14A

DG

( 2-3A)

( 4-2A)( 7-3B)(11-3D) ( 2-2A) ( 4- 2A ) ( 7-3B)(11-3A) ( 4-2D)( 7-3B)(11-3D) ( 2-1B) ( 3- 2A ) ( 4 - 5D )( 7 -3B)(11-3A)(12-5B) ( 2-3A)( 7-3B)(11-5D) ( 4-4D)(11-3A) ( 4-4D)(11-3D) (11-4A) ( 4-2A)(11-3A) ( 4-4D)(11-3D) ( 2-3A)(11-4D)

( 7-3B)(11-4D) ( 4-4D)(11-3A) ( 4-5D)(11-3A) ( 4-5D) (6-5A)

(6-5A)

( 2-3A)( 7-3B) ( 2-3A)

( 2-4A) ( 2-3A) ( 2-4A)

1/12

6

1110

5

1312

4

3

2

1

E

F

G

H

6 – 2

FO-DC600U

.

A

Main ASIC block

( 1-6H)( 3-1A) ( 4-6A )( 5-4A) ( 7-5C)(11-6A) (12-2F)

1

( 1-6H)( 3-2A) ( 4-6A )( 5-4A) ( 7-4C)(11-6A) (12-4D)(12-2D)

2

( 1-3H ) ( 3 - 1A ) ( 4- 5 D)( 7-3B)(11-3A)(12-3A) (12-1A)(12-5A)(12-5I)

( 1-2B)( 3-1A)( 4-4A)( 7-3B)( 8-4H)(11-5H)

3

4

5

6

A[25:0]

D[31:0]

( 1-3H)( 4-2A) ( 7-3B)(11-3A)

D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

( 1-3H )( 7 -3B)(11-5D)

( 1-4C)

(12-3A)(12-5A)

( 1-1B)

( 1-2H)( 7-3B)

( 1-5B) ( 1-5B) ( 1-5B) ( 1-5B)

( 1-3H)

( 1-2H)(11-4D)

( 1-5B) ( 1-2H) ( 1-1H)

( 3-1A)( 4-4A)( 5-4A)(12-3E) ( 3-3A)( 4-4A)( 5-4A)(12-3I)

( 3-3A)

( 4-4A) ( 5-4A)

( 4-4G)(12-6D)

(12-5E)

( 4-5G) ( 4-5G)(12-5E) ( 4-5G)(12-5E)

( 4-5G)

(12-5E) ( 4-5G)(12-6E) ( 4-5G)(12-6E)

( 3-1A)

( 3-3A)

( 4-5G)

(12-5E)

(10-3E)

( 5-4E)

(12-3E)

( 3-3A)

A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20

A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

/WE0

/BS RD/WR CKCSMS /OPDEN /RESET MANRES /WAIT

/IRL0 /IRL1 /IRL2 /IRL3

/CS0J /CS4

/DREQ0 /DACK0 /DRAK0

/DREQ1 /DACK1 /DRAK1

+3.3V

/IOWR /IORD /NICACKF

+3.3V

/PGMCS /MDMCS0 /MDMCS1

/NANDOPCS /NANDSTDCS /NANDRD /NANDWR

/WP0 /WP1 CLEO ALEO /SGACS

+3.3V

/NICCSF

R248

/BUSYSTD /BUSYOP /NICINTF MDMINT0 MDMINT1 /SGAINT

+3.3V

10K

DG

R255

C191 1000p

C234 C216

R274 10K R278 10K R275 10K R279 10K

R253 33 R285 33

R276 10K R280 10K R254 33 R221 33 R222 33

R233 33 R232 33 R224 33 R223 33

R277 33 R246 10K R247 10K R245 33

R270 10K

R252 10K

R212 10K

DG

C230

N.M.

+3.3V

C211

TP17

TP27

N.M.

TP38

TP49

TP58

TP73 TP76 TP79 TP80

R251 10K R271 10K R272 10K

C212 .

DG

B

184

A25

185

A24

186

A23

187

A22

188

A21

189

A20

190

A13

191

A12

192

A11

193

A10

194

A9

195

A8

196

A7

197

A6

200

A5

201

A4

202

A3

203

A2

204

A1

205

A0

168

XLBE

206

XWE0

208

D15

209

D14

210

D13

211

D12

212

D11

213

D10

214

D9

215

D8

2

D7

3

D6

4

D5

5

D4

6

D3

7

D2

8

D1

9

D0

183

XBS

182

RXW

179

SHCK

207

XOPDEN

169

XRESET

170

XMANRES

30

XWAIT

23

XINT0

24

XINT1

25

XINT2

26

XINT3

10

XCS0

11

XCS4

TP37

16

XDREQ0

12

XDACK0

14

XDRAK0

17

XDREQ1

13

XDACK1

15

XDRAK1

48

JBGDREQ00

49

JBGDREQ01

50

JBGDREQ10

51

JBGDREQ11

28

XWROUT

29

XRDOUT

56

XNICACK

53

XJBIGACK0

52

XJBGACK1

27

XPGMCS

35

XMDMCS0

34

XMDMCS1

20

XFLCS

171

XNANDOPCS

172

XNANDSTDCS

173

XNANDRD

174

XNANDWR

175

XWP0

176

XWP1

178

CLEO

177

ALEO

47

XSBGA

60

XJBG0

59

XJBG1

58

XNICCS

31

XBUSYDP

45

XJBGINT0

44

XJBGINT1

21

XFLSHINTA

22

XFLSHINTB

57

XNICINT

33

XMDMINT0

32

XMDMINT1

46

XSGAINT

VDD18VDD36VDD54VDD63VDD72VDD81VDD90VDD99VDD

N.M.

C208

+3.3V

VDD

108

128

144

162

180

198

216

C

IC6

MAIN ASIC

LC272D0BT-WA6 (CSMS)

VDD

C214 0.1u C210 0.1u C209 0.1u C207 0.1u

C206 0.1u C205 0.1u C184 0.1u C183 0.1u

C143 0.1u C187 0.1u C189 0.1u C148 0.1u

C188 0.1u C215 0.1u

VSS19VSS37VSS55VSS64VSS73VSS82VSS91VSS

100

VSS

109

129

145

163

181

D

110

TEST0

111

TEST1

115

TOUT

C602

C146

0.1u

R250 220

C213 12pC190 0.1u

TP19 TP20 TP21 TP22 TP23 TP24 TP25 TP26

TP28 TP29 TP30 TP31 TP32 TP33 TP34 TP35

TP41 TP43 TP45 TP46 TP47 TP48 TP50 TP52 TP54 TP55 TP56 TP57 TP59 TP62 TP64 TP67

TP89

TP95 TP98 TP99 TP100

DG

+3

12

RA

130

PLTSW

131

BKLON

140

LD15

141

LD14

142

LD13

143

LD12

146

LD11

147

LD10

148

LD9

149

LD8

150

LD7

151

LD6

152

LD5

153

LD4

154

LD3

155

LD2

156

LD1

157

LD0

139

SEN0

138

SEN1

137

SEN2

136

SEN3

135

SEN4

134

SEN5

133

SEN6

132

SEN7

167

CRNT1

166

CRNT0

161

TXA

164

TXAI1

160

TXBI0

165

TXAI0

159

TXBI1

158

TXB

41

TODB

42

HSYNC

43

PDATA

84

DQMUL

83

SDCLK

85

CKE

86

CASB

87

RASB

88

DWEB

89

XCSDRM0

92

MA0

93

MA1

94

MA2

95

MA3

96

MA4

97

MA5

98

MA6

101

MA7

102

MA8

103

MA9

104

MA10

105

MA11

106

MA12

107

MA13

61

MAD0

62

MAD1

65

MAD2

66

MAD3

67

MAD4

68

MAD5

69

MAD6

70

MAD7

71

MAD8

74

MAD9

75

MAD10

76

MAD11

77

MAD12

78

MAD13

79

MAD14

80

MAD15

120

AVDD

126

AVDD

121

AVSS

127

AVSS

0.01u-K

125

ATAPH

122

ADREFL

123

TEMP

124

AVO

117

SAMP

116

LININT

119

CLK1

118

XINSC

XOUTSC

VSS

1

40

112

114

199

113

R160 1M

X1

29.4400MHz 12

C144 10p

DG DG

SH

XINPRT38XOUTPRT

39

R161 560

C145 8p

R249 1M

X3

34.3892MHz

12

C232 15p

DG

A

B

C

D

6 – 3

FO-DC600U

110

T0

111

T1

115

UT

130

W

131

ON

140

15

141

14

142

13

143

12

146

11

147

10

148

D9

149

D8

150

D7

151

D6

152

D5

153

D4

154

D3

155

D2

156

D1

157

D0

139

N0

138

N1

137

N2

136

N3

135

N4

134

N5

133

N6

132

N7

167

T1

166

T0

161

XA

164

AI1

160

BI0

165

AI0

159

BI1

158

XB

41

DB

42

NC

43

TA

84

UL

83

LK

85

KE

86

SB

87

SB

88

EB

89

M0

92

A0

93

A1

94

A2

95

A3

96

A4

97

A5

98

A6

101

A7

102

A8

103

A9

104

10

105

11

106

12

107

13

61

D0

62

D1

65

D2

66

D3

67

D4

68

D5

69

D6

70

D7

71

D8

74

D9

75

10

76

11

77

12

78

13

79

14

80

15

120

DD

126

DD

121

SS

127

SS

0.01u-K

125

PH

122

FL

123

MP

124

VO

117

MP

116

INT

119

K1

118

SH

R249 1M

X3

34.3892MHz

12

C232 15p

DG

C602

C146

0.1u

R250 220

C213 12p

DG

TP19 TP20 TP21 TP22 TP23 TP24 TP25 TP26

TP28 TP29 TP30 TP31 TP32 TP33 TP34 TP35

TP41 TP43 TP45 TP46 TP47 TP48 TP50 TP52 TP54 TP55 TP56 TP57 TP59 TP62 TP64 TP67

TP89

TP95 TP98 TP99 TP100

MA0 MA1 MA2 MA3 MA4 MA5 MA6 MA7 MA8 MA9 MA10 MA11 MA12 MA13

+3.3VR

12

0 (1608/2125)

CE4

10u/16V

RAG

E

+3.3V

R211 3 .3K

LDM7 LDM6 LDM5 LDM4 LDM3 LDM2 LDM1 LDM0

R281 33 R204 33 R209 0 R210 33

MD0 MD1 MD2 MD3 MD4 MD5 MD6 MD7 MD8

MD10 MD11 MD12 MD13 MD14 MD15

+3.3V

L100

DG

R118 0

DG DG R AGRAG

E

R217 3.3K

SDCLK

SDCKE

F

G

H

2/12

L104 0

N.M.

2Y4 2Y3 2Y2 2Y1 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4

R273 0

DGDG

D100 DA204K

+5VR

DG

3 5 7 9 18 16 14 12

20

10

C231 1000p

MD[15:0]

DG

CISCLK

CISSI

LEDEN2 LEDEN1 RS E

R166

N.M.

R175 270 R231 270 R230 270 R229 270 R228 270 R227 270

R226 R225

+5V

C151

0.1u

R282 0

+3.3V

TP61 TP66

TP68 TP70

TP72 TP75

TP78 TP82

TP84 TP86 TP88 TP91 TP97 TP94 TP101

AO

RAG

N.M.

C185

( 9-5D) ( 9-6D)

( 9-2E) ( 9-2E) ( 9-1A) ( 9-1A)

LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7

R203 33 R202 33TP63

R201 33 R200 33

R159 33 R158 33

R157 33 R199 33

R156 0 R205 0 R206 0 R207 0 R208 0R164 0 R107 0 R106 0

N.M.

( 9-6D)

/TODF

/HSYNCP

/HSYNC

LD[7:0]

MD15 MD14

MD13 MD12

MD11MD9 MD10

MD9 MD8

MA11 MA9 MA8 MA7 MA6 MA5 MA4

H

1

( 9-3E)

2

( 9-2I) (10-5E)

( 9-6I)

3

4

5

6

CLK1

(2-5F)

SH

(2-5F)

R52 10K

R53 10K

LDM[7:0]

( 9-3A)

C186

DG

R191 33 R192 33

R193 33 R194 33

R195 33 R196 33

R197 33 R198 33

R150 33 R153 33 R151 33 R152 33 R155 0 R154 0 R100 0 R101 0 R102 0 R103 0 R105 0

R54 10K

R269 33

C229

N.M.

PLTSW

( 9-2A)

BKLON

( 6-1G)

+3.3V

( 6-5C) ( 6-5C) ( 6-5C) ( 6-5C) ( 6-5C) ( 6-5C) ( 6-5C) ( 6-5C)

( 3-3E)

SEN [7:0]

MD0 MD1

MD2 MD3

MD4 MD5

MD6 MD7

DG

R216 3.3K

R213 3.3K

R215 3.3K

R219 3.3K

R220 3.3K

R214 3.3K

R218 3.3K

ENA ENB TXPA TXA1 TXB0 TXA0 TXB1 TXPB

/PDATAF

DQMUL

/CSDRM0

/CAS /RAS

/DWE

SEN0 SEN1 SEN2 SEN3 SEN4 SEN5 SEN6 SEN7

MA13 MA12 MA10 MA0 MA1 MA2 MA3

6

1A3

1Y3

8

1A4

1Y4

2

1A1

1Y1

4

1A2

1Y2

11

2A1

2Y1

13

2A2

2Y2

15

2A3

2Y3

17

2A4

2Y4

VCC

1

1G

19

2G

R55 10K

DG

GND

IC2

74HCT244(TSSOP)

LDM0 LDM1 LDM2 LDM3 LDM4 LDM5 LDM6 LDM7

10K

R600 10K

R601

R602

R603 10K

R604

R605

DG DG DG

147

74LV14A

DG DG

MA[13:0]

TP60

TP65 TP69

TP71 TP74

TP77 TP81

TP83 TP85 TP87 TP90 TP92 TP93 TP96

IC5 SDRAM

MT48LC4M16A2TG-75/

W986416DH-7

CLK1

(2-1F)

SH

(2-1F)

+5VR

IC1

AD8051A

8

3

+

6 5

2

-NCNC

1

NC

47

RAG

C104 18p

R111

1.5K

RAG

R110 3K

R112

0

+3.3VR

RAG

R115 10

R116 0

D102 DA204K

+5VR+5V

C105

0.1u

R109

C103

0.1u

0

+

CE1 100u/16V

F

R170 470

14 12 18 16 9 7 5 3

20

10

R62 100

R168 R167

+5V

C150

0.1u

DG

IC7

74HCT244(SOP)

17

2A4

15

2A3

13

2A2

11

2A1

2

1A1

4

1A2

6

1A3

8

1A4

1

1G

19

R607 10K

2G

+3.3V+3.3V

IC14B

147

74LV14A

34

R606 10K

12

IC14A

C179 1u C182 1u C181 1u C178 1u

2.2u (2125)

C180

1

Vcc1

2

DQ0

3

VccQ1

4

DQ1

5

DQ2

6

VssQ1

7

DQ3

8

DQ4

9

VccQ2

10

DQ5

11

DQ6

12

VssQ2

13

DQ7

14

Vcc2

15

DQML

16

WE

17

CAS

18

RAS

19

CS

20

A13

21

A12

22

A10

23

A0

24

A1

25

A2

26

A3

27

Vcc3

C141 2.2u (2125) C140 1u C139 1u C142 1u

R114

+5VR

Q101

R113

G

Vss3

DQ15

VssQ4

DQ14 DQ13

VccQ4

DQ12 DQ11

VssQ3

DQ10

VccQ3

Vss2

N.C.2

DQMU

N.C.1

Vss1

RAG

DQ9 DQ8

CLK CKE

A11

E

C

54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34

A9

33

A8

32

A7

31

A6

30

A5

29

A4

28

N.M.

B

N.M.

VCC

GND

6 – 4

FO-DC600U

6

A

Sub ASIC block

( 1-3H)( 2-1B)( 4-5D)( 7-3B)(11-3A)(12-5B)

1

( 1-2B)( 2-3A)( 4-4A)( 7-3B)( 8-4H(11-5H)

( 1-6H)( 2-1A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A) ( 7-5C)(11-6A)(12-2F)

( 1-6H)( 2-2A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A) ( 7-4C)(11-6A)(12-4D)(12-2D)

2

( 2-4A)( 4-4A)( 5-4A)(12-3I)

( 2-4A)( 4-4A)( 5-4A)(12-3E)

NICA[16:0]

(10-6A)

3

NICD[15:0]

(10-6A)

4

PCLA[16:0]

(10-6E)

5

/NICCS

(10-5E)

/NICACK

(10-5E)

/NICCSP

( 2-5F) (10-4E)

6

( 2-5A) ( 1-4C)

( 2-5A) ( 2-4A) ( 2-5A) (10-5E) (10-4E)

NICA16 NICA15

NICA14 NICA13 NICA12

NICA11 NICA10 NICA9 NICA8

NICA7 NICA6 NICA5 NICA4

NICA3 NICA2 NICA1 NICA0

NICD15 NICD14 NICD13 NICD12

NICD11 NICD10 NICD9 NICD8

NICD7 NICD6 NICD5 NICD4

NICD3 NICD2 NICD1 NICD0

PCLA16 PCLA15

PCLA14 PCLA13 PCLA12

PCLA11 PCLA10 PCLA9 PCLA8

PCLA7 PCLA6 PCLA5 PCLA4

PCLA3 PCLA2 PCLA1 PCLA0

RD/WR /SGACS CKSPDR /RESET

A[25:0]

D[31:0]

/IORD /IOWR /NICCSF /NICACKF /SGAINT NICR/W NICRES

BR2 0 x4

BR5 0 x4

BR3 0 x4

BR4 0 x4

BR13 100 x4

BR12

100 x4

BR11 100 x4

BR10 100 x4

BR26 100 x4

BR27 100 x4

BR28 100 x4

BR29 100 x4

+3.3V

DG

R608 10k

R59 0

R409 0 R323 0

R283 0

TP118

R402 100

R324 0

DG

C265

TP121 TP123

7

TP125

6

TP127

5

TP128 TP129

7

TP130

6

TP131

5

TP132 TP133

7

TP135

6

TP137

5

TP138 TP139

7

TP140

6

TP141

5

TP142 TP143

7

TP144

6

TP145

5

TP146 TP147

7

TP148

6

TP149

5

TP150 TP151

7

TP152

6

TP153

5

TP154 TP155

7

TP156

6

TP157

5

TP159 TP160

TP161

7

TP163

6

TP165

5

TP168 TP169

7

TP171

6

TP173

5

TP176 TP177

7

TP179

6

TP181

5

TP184 TP185

7

TP187

6

TP189

5

.

DG

18 2 3 4

TP504

C287

A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

C290 1000p

.

N.M

B

141

XCS

140

SHCLK

185

XRESET

163

RXW

142

A16

143

A15

144

A14

145

A13

146

A12

147

A11

148

A10

149

A9

150

A8

151

A7

152

A6

153

A5

154

A4

158

A3

159

A2

160

A1

161

A0

165

D15

166

D14

167

D13

168

D12

169

D11

170

D10

171

D9

174

D8

175

D7

176

D6

177

D5

178

D4

179

D3

180

D2

181

D1

182

D0

164

XRD

162

XWE

127

XCSNICIN

101

XNICACKH

184

INTR

100

RXWNIC

99

126 125

124 123 119

118 117 116 115

114 113 112 111

110 109 108 107

102 132

98 97 96 95

94 93 92 91

90 89 88 85

84 83 82 81

79 78

77 76 75

74 73 72 71

70 67 66 65

64 63 62 61

80

NICRESB

DPANIC16 DPANIC15

DPANIC14 DPANIC13 DPANIC12

DPANIC11 DPANIC10 DPANIC9 DPANIC8

DPANIC7 DPANIC6 DPANIC5 DPANIC4

DPANIC3 DPANIC2 DPANIC1 DPANIC0

DPONIC15 DPONIC14 DPONIC13 DPONIC12

DPONIC11 DPONIC10 DPONIC9 DPONIC8

DPONIC7 DPONIC6 DPONIC5 DPONIC4

DPONIC3 DPONIC2 DPONIC1 DPONIC0

DPAPCL16 DPAPCL15

DPAPCL14 DPAPCL13 DPAPCL12

DPAPCL11 DPAPCL10 DPAPCL9 DPAPCL8

DPAPCL7 DPAPCL6 DPAPCL5 DPAPCL4

DPAPCL3 DPAPCL2 DPAPCL1 DPAPCL0

XCSNIC XNICACK XCSNICP

+3.3V

LC24199B-WJ0-E (SPD2)

VDD16VDD34VDD52VDD68VDD86VDD

VDD

104

120

138

VDD

156

172

C

SUB ASIC

VDD

190

208

103NC122NC155NC183NC207

NC2NC51NC54NC

IC21

C311 0.1u C310 0.1u C305 0.1u C286 0.1u

C262 0.1u C263 0.1u C264 0.1u C233 0.1u

C269 0.1u C268 0.1u C289 0.1u C314 0.1u

GND17GND35GND53GND69GND87GND

105

D

131

GPIO7

130

GPIO6

129

GPIO5 GPIO4

SDDTC

RTCDT RTCCK RTCCE

XMDMRST1 XMDMRST0

PLNGON

XROLSNS

XORGSNS

XFRSNS XB4FRS

BZCONT SPMUTE

VOLC VOLB VOLA

BZOUT

GAINC1

ERLY1

DPMUTE1

CML1

TXMUTE1

DPON1

MONSEL

XCI1

GAINC0

ERLY0

DPMUTE0

CML0

TXMUTE0

DPON0

XEXHS0

XCI0

PDATAM CTBSYB

CPRDYB ETBSYB

PRRDYB EPRDYB

PDATA

PCURESB

PCLK PSTS

PCMD

CTBSYPCLB

CPRDYPCLB

ETBSYPCLB

PRRDYPCLB

EPRDYPCLB

PDATAINPCL

PCLRESB PCLKPCL PSTSPCL

PCMDPCL

PACK

PREQ

XNICACKP

RXWP

DPOPCL0 DPOPCL1 DPOPCL2 DPOPCL3

DPOPCL4 DPOPCL5 DPOPCL6 DPOPCL7

DPOPCL8

DPOPCL9 DPOPCL10 DPOPCL11

DPOPCL12 DPOPCL13 DPOPCL14 DPOPCL15

GND

1

121

139

157

173

191

TEST

186

DG

TP105

128

(PWSAVE)

TP107 TP108 TP109

TP117 TP119 TP120 TP122 TP124 TP126

TP134 TP136

R446 0 R487 0

R447 0 R444 0

R404 0

R441 0 R442 R403 0 C309 N.M.

TP162 TP164 TP166 TP167

TP170 TP172 TP174 TP175

TP178 TP180 TP182 TP183

TP186 TP188 TP190 TP191

C204

0.1u

DG

TP110 TP111 TP112 TP113 TP114 TP115 TP116

C315

C313 C312

R325

N.M.

C

0

DG

1 2 3 4

DG

106

189 188 187

192 193 137 133 134 135 136

194 195 196 197 198 199

200 201 202 203 204 205 206 3

5 4 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13

14 15

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27

28 29

30 31 36 37 38 39 40 32 33

41 42 43 44

45 46 47 48

49 50 55 56

57 58 59 60

DG

A

B

C

D

6 – 5

FO-DC600U

E

F

G

H

3/12

VBAT

+3.3V

7

VBAT

R416

4.7K

R412

R56 10K

R411

R57 10K

R413

IC22

10K

7

DATA

XT

6

CLK

XTN

5

CE

VCC

R415

1

INTN

VSS

N.M.

SM8578BV

/ROLSNS

/B4FRS

/FRSNS

270

/ORGSNS

270

C600

N.M.

R414

DG

3 2 8 4

5 6

R611

( 9-3B)

( 9-4B)

12

DG

+3.3V

C293 18p

X4

32.768KHz C292 12p

C291

0.1u

0R404 0

8

IC39B

4

DG

VBAT

3

R610

N.M.

/NICWAITP

0

(10-4E)

C65

C66

DG

R326 10K

DG

+3.3V

DG

/PCURESO

N.M

C68 N.M.

7 6 5

/PGMWP VPPON

CISLEDON

BZCONT /SPMUTE VOLC VOLB VOLA BZOUT

ERLY1 DPMUTE1 CML1 TXMUTE1 DPON1 MONSEL /CI1

GAINC0

ERLY0

DPMUTE0

CML0

TXMUTE0

DPON0 /EXHS0

/PDATAF

/CTBSYO /CPRDYO

/ETBSYI

/PRRDYI /EPRDYI

/PDATAO /SRCLKO

/STSI

/CMDO

/CTBSYP

/CPRDYP

/ETBSYP

/PRRDYP /EPRDYP

/PDATAP PCLRES /SRCLKP

/STSP

/CMDP

PACK PREQ

NICR/WP

BR33 33 x4

BR32 33 x4

BR31 33 x4

BR30 33 x4

/CI0

( 4-4A) ( 6-2G)

RTCDT RTCCK RTCCE

/MDMRST1 /MDMRST0 STPON

( 5-4H) ( 5-5H) ( 5-5H) ( 5-5H) ( 5-5H) ( 5-4H)

(12-3E) (12-3I) (12-3E) (12-3I) (12-3I) ( 5-4H) (12-3E)

( 5-2H) ( 9-3D) ( 9-3D) ( 9-4D) ( 5-3H) ( 9-4D) ( 9-4D) ( 9-4D)

( 2-3F) ( 9-4F)

( 9-3F) ( 9-2I)

( 9-2I) ( 9-2I) ( 9-3F) ( 9-3F) ( 9-3F) ( 9-2I) ( 9-3F)

(10-5I) (10-5E) (10-5E)

(10-4E) (10-5I)

(10-5I) (10-3E) (10-5I) (10-5E) (10-5E) (10-4E) (10-4I)

(10-4I)

DG

PCLD0 PCLD1 PCLD2 PCLD3

PCLD4 PCLD5 PCLD6 PCLD7

PCLD8 PCLD9 PCLD10 PCLD11

PCLD12 PCLD13 PCLD14 PCLD15

N.M.

R284 10K

DG

BA10393F

+3.3V

IC23B

BA10393F

DG

C67

DG

PCLD[15:0]

(10-6E)

(2-5A)(10-4E)

(12-3I) ( 5-3A) ( 6-2D)

IC23A

R328 10K

C272

0.1u

R327 10K

+3.3V

R406 10K

R405 270

C266 2200p

DG

+3.3V

R408 10K

R407 270

C267 2200p

DG

+3.3V

R331

84

5.6K

2

-

1

3

+

DG

+3.3V

84

6

-

7

5

+

R417

DG

1.8K

DG

+3.3V

/NICCSP

N.M.

+3.3V

C294

0.1u R329

10K

DG

C271

2200p

DG

+3.3V

R330

10K

C270

2200p

C273

0.1u

8 1 2

4

IC39A

DG

131 130 129

TP105

128

(PWSAVE)

TP107 TP108 TP109

TP110 TP111 TP112 TP113 TP114 TP115 TP116

C315

TP117 TP119 TP120 TP122 TP124 TP126

C313 C312

TP134 TP136

R446 0 R487 0

R447 0 R444 0

R441 0 R442

0 R403 0 C309 N.M.

TP162 TP164 TP166 TP167

TP170 TP172 TP174 TP175

TP178 TP180 TP182 TP183

TP186 TP188 TP190 TP191

R325 10K

N.M.

18 2 3 4

106

189 188 187

192 193 137 133 134 135 136

194 195 196 197 198 199

200 201 202 203 204 205 206 3

5 4 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13

14 15

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27

28 29

30 31 36 37 38 39 40 32 33

41 42 43 44

45 46 47 48

49 50 55 56

57 58 59 60

1

2

3

4

5

+3.3V

IC14C

147

C204

0.1u

DGDG DGDG

74LV14A

56

DG

E

+3.3V

147

98

DG DG

IC14D

74LV14A

+3.3V

IC14E

147

74LV14A

11 10

F

+3.3V

147

13 12

6 – 6

IC14F

74LV14A

6

G

H

FO-DC600U

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

A20

A19

A4

A10

A8

A15

A4

A11

A1

A2

A6

A10

A6

A12

A0

A12

A11

A2

A9

A13

A5

A3

A2

A22

A4

A1

A3

A10

A14

A15

A14

A8

A18

A11

A13

A5

A15

A9

A3

A9

A13

A4

A3

A6

A7

A5

A12

A21

A7

A1

A13

A2

A5

A9

A8

A7

A16

A17

A10

A14

A14 A6

A11

A12

A7

D7

D18

D13

D26

D1

D29

D6

D11

D0

D8

D28

D2

D6

D3

D15

D11

D5

D14

D4

D15

D7

D3

D22

D7 D14

D12

D2

D4 D19

D6

D30

D2

D9

D17

D1

D6

D1

D4

D27

D10

D4

D7

D0

D5

D31

D20

D2

D0

D1

D10

D24

D23

D4

D13

D12

D1

D3

D21

D6

D16

D0

D8

D5

D2

D25

D5

D9

DA12

DA7

DA2

DA8

DA0

DA7

DA10

DA5

DA11

DA5

DA6

DA4

DA3

DA2

DA13

DA1

DA3

DA1

DA11

DA9

DA0

DA8

DA12

DA4

DA6

DA9

DA10

DG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

VBAT

DG

VBAT

DG

/WE1

CLEO

/CASL

/CS3

/BUSYSTD

ALEO

/NANDWR

CKE

/DQMUL

/WP0

CKSDRU

/DQMUU

CKSDRL

/CS2

/RESET

/IOWR

D[31:0]

A[25:0]

/IORD

TCS1

TCS2

VPPON

DA[13:0]

/RASL

RD/WR

/WE0

/RD

/PGMWP

DA[13:0]

/PGMCS

/NANDSTDCS

/NANDRD

( 2-4A)(12-5E)

( 2-4A)

( 1-3H)(11-3D)

( 1-2H)(11-3A)

( 4-3I)

( 2-4A)

( 1-1B)

( 1-2B)

( 4-3D)

( 1-3C)

( 1-2B)( 2-3A) ( 3-1A)( 7-3B)

( 8-4H)(11-5H)

( 1-2H)(11-3A)

( 1-3H)(11-3D)

( 1-3H)(11-3A)

( 1-4D)

( 1-3H)( 7-3B)(11-3D)

( 1-3H)( 2-2A)

(11-3D)

( 1-3H)( 7-3B)

(7-3B)(11-3A)

( 1-6H)( 2-1A)( 3-1A)( 5-4A)

( 7-5C)(11-6A)(12-2F)

( 1-6H)( 2-2A)( 3-2A)( 5-4A)

( 7-4C)(11-6A)(12-4D)(12-2D)

( 5-4A)(12-3E)

( 2-4A)( 3-3A)

( 5-4A)(12-3I)( 2-4A)( 3-3A)

( 2-4A)(12-5E)

( 2-4A)

( 2-5A)(12-6E)

( 2-5A)

( 3-5A)

( 2-1E)

( 1-2H)

( 1-3H)( 2-3A)

( 3-2A)( 7 -3B)(11-3A)

(12-1A )(12-3A)(12-5A)(12-5I)

for 16bit-BUSfor 32bit-BUS

BR9

R319 100

BR8

R263

IC12

FLASH MEMORY

A21

9

A20

10

A19

15

A18

16

A17

17

A16

48

A15

1

A14

2

DQ0

29

Vpp

13

CE

26

WE

11

OE

28

WP

14

RST

12

DQ9

32

DQ1

31

GND

46

GND

27

Vcc

37

Vccq

47

DQ8

30

DQ7

44

DQ6

42

DQ5

40

DQ14

43

DQ13

41

DQ12

39

DQ11

36

DQ10

34

A13

3

A12

4

A11

5

A10

6

A9

7

DQ4

38

A0

25

A3

22

DQ3

35

DQ2

33

A8

8

A7

18

A6

19

A5

20

DQ15

45

A1

24

A2

23

A4

21

BR7

C7

0.1u/16V

R383

C255

R371

R384

R362 0

R240 0

C283

N.M.

C254

BR6

R391 0

R612

0

R309 33

C252

N.M.

IC19

SRAM

A7

3

A8

25

A9

24

A10

21

A11

23

A12

2

A13

26

A14

1

DQ8

19

DQ7

18

DQ6

17

DQ5

16

DQ4

15

DQ3

13

DQ2

12

A6

4

A5

5

A4

6

A3

7

A2

8

A1

9

A0

10

OE

22

WE

27

CS

20

DQ1

11

VCC

28

GND

14

C296

1u

R385

R379

C176

0.1u

R363 0

R320 100

R316

R267 100

R310

C279

1u

R308

R389

R312

R382

IC25

SDRAM

MT48LC8M16A2TG-75/W981216BH-75

CLK

38

DQML

15

DQ0

2

DQ1

4

DQ2

5

DQ3

7

Vss

28

Vss

41

CS

19

A13

20

A0

23

A1

24

A2

25

A3

26

A4

29

A5

30

A6

31

A7

32

A8

33

A9

34

A10

22

CKE

37

WE

16

CAS

17

RAS

18

Vcc

1

Vcc

14

VccQ

3

VccQ

9

VccQ

43

VccQ

49

VssQ

52

VssQ

46

VssQ

12

VssQ

6

Vss

54

Vcc

27

DQMH

39

A11

35

A12

21

DQ4

8

DQ5

10

DQ6

11

DQ7

13

DQ8

42

DQ9

44

DQ10

45

DQ11

47

DQ12

48

DQ13

50

DQ14

51

DQ15

53

NC

36

NC

40

R395 0

BR24

33 x

4

R370

BR22

33 x

4

R365 0

C280

1u

R305

R376

IC26

TSOP

N.M.

I/O8

44

I/O7

43

I/O6

42

I/O5

41

I/O4

32

I/O3

31

I/O2

30

I/O1

29

CLE

16

ALE

17

CE

9

WE

18

RE

8

WP

19

RY/BY

7

NC

26

GND

6

Vss

36

Vss

13

Vcc

12

Vcc

37

NC

27

NC

28

NC

33

NC

34

NC

21

NC

22

NC

23

NC

24

NC

25

NC

1

NC

2

NC

3

NC

4

NC

5

NC

35

NC

40

NC

47

NC

38

NC

39

NC

10

NC

11

NC

14

NC

15

NC

20

NC

45

NC

46

NC

48

R18

1K

C251

C301

0.1

C227

N.M.

C297

1u

R33 33

IC27

TC58128AFT

I/O8

27

I/O7

26

I/O6

25

I/O5

24

I/O4

21

I/O3

20

I/O2

19

I/O1

18

CLE

2

ALE

3

CE

43

WE

4

RE

42

WP

5

RY/BY

41

NC

28

GND

40

Vss

22

Vss

1

Vcc

23

Vcc

44

NC

29

NC

30

NC

31

NC

32

NC

13

NC

14

NC

15

NC

16

NC

17

NC

6

NC

7

NC

8

NC

9

NC

10

NC

35

NC

36

NC

37

NC

38

NC

39

11

12

33

34

R429 33

R373

C9

1000p/25V

R368 0

R396 0

C177

0.1u

C282

100p

C250

C226

0.1u

C295

1u

R377

R380

R317

R374

C298

1u

R367 0

C285

R314

C302

C601

0.1u

C253

R307

R390

N.M.

R375

R311

R17

100K

R394 0

IC20E

74LV126A

VCC

14

GND

7

R241 N.M.

IC20A

74LV126A

3

2

1

R318 100

R386

C258

0.1u

R264

IC20B

74LV126A

65

4

C257

IC18

CLK

38

DQML

15

DQ0

2

DQ1

4

DQ2

5

DQ3

7

Vss

28

Vss

41

CS

19

A13

20

A0

23

A1

24

A2

25

A3

26

A4

29

A5

30

A6

31

A7

32

A8

33

A9

34

A10

22

CKE

37

WE

16

CAS

17

RAS

18

Vcc

1

Vcc

14

VccQ

3

VccQ

9

VccQ

43

VccQ

49

VssQ

52

VssQ

46

VssQ

12

VssQ

6

Vss

54

Vcc

27

DQMH

39

A11

35

A12

21

DQ4

8

DQ5

10

DQ6

11

DQ7

13

DQ8

42

DQ9

44

DQ10

45

DQ11

47

DQ12

48

DQ13

50

DQ14

51

DQ15

53

NC

36

NC

40

BR23

33 x

4

Q4

2SJ243

G

D

S

IC20C

74LV126A

89

10

R393 0

C249

R369 0

C256

0.1

IC20D

74LV126A

11

12

13

R388

C284

R244

10K

R387

C8

0.1u/16V

R378

BR25

33 x

4

R266 10K

R381

R366 0

R392 0

R315

R16

4.7K

R265

R364 0

R428 33

R372

R306

R397

2.2K

C281

1u

BS62LV256SC-70

LH28F320BFHE-PBTLZA

Memory block 4/12

6 – 7

FO-DC600U

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

A3

A5

A1

A4

A2

D5

D6

D0

D3

D2

D7

D1

D4

DG

+3.3V

DG

+5V

DG

MAG

+3.3V

+5VA

MAG

DG

+5V

DG

+5V

DG

+24VA

DG

+3.3V

DG

+5VA

DG

+5VA

DG

DG DG

+3.3V

DG

+5VA

DG

+5V

DG

MAG

MAGMAG

DGDG

EXTSIG

/IORD

VOLA

VOLB

VOLC

D[31:0]

/MDMRST0

BZCONT

/IOWR

SP+

RXIN

GAINC0

SP-

MDMINT0

A[25:0]

MONSEL

TXOUT

BZOUT

TXMUTE0

/MDMCS0

/SPMUTE

/CI

SPKR2

( 3-3E)

( 9-3D)

( 9-4D)

(12-3E)

( 3-3E)

( 3-2E)

( 9-4D)

( 1-6H)( 2-1A)

( 3-1A)( 4-6A)

( 7-5C)(11-6A)

(12-2F)

( 1-6H)( 2-2A)

( 3-2A)( 4-6A)

( 7-4C)(11-6A)

(12-4D)(12-2D)

( 2-4A)( 3-3A)

( 4-4A)(12-3E)

( 4-4A)(12-3I)

( 2-4A)( 3-3A)

( 2-4A)

( 2-5A)

( 3-2F)

( 3-2E)

( 3-3E)

( 9-5B)

( 9-5D)

C365 0.1u

C322

0.1u

R580 56K

R510 68

C384 330p

R432 62K

TP202

C390 0.1u

R457 68

C369

0.1u/16V-K

B

E

C

Q115

KRC106S

CE13

22u/16V

D105

1SS355

AK

C64

R578 10K

R470

1K

R468

20K

R430

N.M.

R506

10K

R431

C330

0.1u/16V-K

R503 10K

R572

3K

TP200

C59

N.M.

C360

2200p

C400

0 (1608/2012)

C391

0.1u

B

E

C

Q114

KRC106S

R508 100

C61

N.M.

R462

2.2K

C319

56p

B

E

C

Q113

C

0

1

IC31A

74LV4053A

11

12

13

14

C385

1000p

C60

N.M.

C

1

0

IC31B

74LV4053A

10

2

1

15

R571 150K

C328

0.1u

L102

0 (1608/2125)

12

CE19

47u/16V

12

CE26

100u/16V

12

R512 1K

C327

0.1u/16V-K

R581

10K

TP197

TP194

R469

33K

-

+

IC36

NJM2113M

5

4

3

2

178

6

TP193

CE14

22u/16V

12

B

E

C

Q116

KRC106S

C299

N.M.

C395

0.1u

C321 0.1u

R582

3.3K

C362 0.1u

R459 0

C63

N.M.

IC30

MODEM

VDD

38

VDD

50

VGG

71

VDD1

69

VDD1

63

VDD1

13

VDD1

57

VDD1

84

VDD1

92

MAVDD

26

VCORE

62

D0

87

D1

88

D2

89

D3

90

D4

91

D5

93

D6

94

D7

95

RS0

96

RS1

97

RS2

2

RS3

3

RS4

4

RD

7

WR

6

CS

5

SR4IN

21

M_RXOUT

46

IRQ

79

NC

17

NC

20

NC

39

NC

41

NC

48

POR

34

RESET

18

NC

54

NC

55

NC

60

SR4OUT

19

M_TXSIN

44

M_CLKIN

43

CLK_OUT

22

XTALI

85

XTALO

86

VSUB

52

VSS

16

VSS

53

VSS

65

VSS

80

VSS

99

RESERVED

1

TALK

37

RI

76

OH

49

RINGD

77

SPKR

27

TXD

11

RXD

67

RTS

78

CTS

12

RLSD

9

DTR

68

DSR

75

XTCLK

64

TDCLK

10

RESERVED

35

RESERVED

36

RESERVED

40

M_CNTRL_SIN

42

SR1IO

61

SLEEP

56

IA_SLEEP

70

M_STROBE

47

EYESYNC

23

EYECLK

24

M_SCK

45

EYEXY

74

GP00

81

RDCLK

8

YCLK

72

XCLK

73

TXA2

28

TXA1

29

RIN

32

VREF

30

VC

31

RESERVED

14

RESERVED

15

RESERVED

58

RESERVED

59

RESERVED

66

RESERVED

82

RESERVED

83

RESERVED

51

MAVSS

33

MAVSS

25

PLL_VDD

98

PLL_GND

100

R507 100

CE17

4.7u/25V

12

R511

10K

R570

100K

C62

N.M.

C364

0.1u

R464

10K

C331

0.1u/16V-K

C396 0.1u/16V-K

C326

N.M.

C397

0.1u/50V

+

-

IC32B

NJM2904M

7

6

5

4

8

C399 470p

R465

10K

C398

330p

C367 N.M.

CE22

10u/16V

X5

28.2240MHz

C300

0.1u/16V-K

C

1

0

IC31C

74LV4053A

9

5

3

4

R461 20K

R513

C318 0.1u

R564

0 (1608/2125)

C324

N.M.

ZD1

02DZ6.8-Y

IC31D

74LV4053A

VDD

16

VEE

7

VSS

8

INH

6

B

E

C

Q112

KRC106S

C389 0.1u

C366 0.1u/16V-K

C325

1000p

CE12

10u/16V

TP192

TP198

C368

0

R509

10K

C363 0.1u

R569

0 (1608/2125)

TP195

R455 10

C359 0.1u

CE24

10u/16V

R579 0

R460

10K

L103

10 (1608/2125)

R471

1K

N.M.

TP196

R467

470

CE18

1u/50V

12

R514

44.2K-F

R466

TP201

R576

22K

C333

0.1u

C323 0.01u-K

R573 0

R577

44.2K-F

C402

N.M.

C358 0.1u

R458 0

R504

0

CE15

10u/16V

12

R515

3.3K

C72

N.M.

C332

1u

+

-

IC32A

NJM2904M

1

2

3

C320 7p

TP199

R463 20K

R613

10K

C392

0.1u

C386

0.1u

C361

2200p

FM336Plus

C329

Modem block 5/12

6 – 8

FO-DC600U

NOTE:

This mark indicates a safety-critical part(s).

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

DG

+24V

+5V

DG

MG

+24VA

+5V

MG

+5V

DG

+24V

MG

DG

MG

+24V

DGDG DG

DG

MG

DG

+5V

DG

+3.3V

+5V

DG

VBAT

DG DG

+5V

+3.3V

DG

+5V

FG1

FG2

DG

FG3

FG4

DG

+1.9VD

MG DG

MG

+3.3V

CISLEDON

CRNT0

TMA

/TMA

TMB

/TMB

CRNT1

BKLON

TXPA

TXA1

TXA0

TXPB

TXB1

TXB0

STPON

VSTP

/STPON

/CISLEDON

/BKLON

ENA

ENB

( 9-6B)

( 1-2H)

( 2-1F)

( 3-1E)

( 9-1A)

( 1-2H)

( 2-2F)

( 2-3F)

( 2-2F)

( 9-5D)

( 3-2F)

( 9-5B)

( 9-6B)

( 9-5B)

( 2-2F)

+

CE16

33u/16V

Q106

KRC106S

E

BC

C54

IC9

1A1

2

1A2

4

1A3

6

1A4

8

2A1

11

2A2

13

2A3

15

2A4

17

1G

1

2G

19

1Y1

18

1Y2

16

1Y3

14

1Y4

12

2Y1

9

2Y2

7

2Y3

5

2Y4

3

VCC

20

GND

10

C123

N.M.

+

CE29

47u/35V

+

CE23

47u/16V

C163

0.1u

Q100

2SD1664Q

B

CE

D7

12

3

C394

0.1u

R574

1K

C128 330p

D4 SR104

AK

D3

SR104

AK

R176

22k-F

R133

1K

+

-

IC8A

NJM2904M

1

2

3

R108 470

+

-

IC8B

NJM2904M

7

6

5

4

8

C122

0.1u/50V

C58

R622

N.M.

R583

N.M.

C124

0.1u

D101

1SS355

AK

C57

R623

N.M.

C388

0.1u

JP2

DG

12

F100

ICP-S1.0

12

C162

0.1u

R177

12K-F

C406

+

CE6

100u/50V (SMT)

D103

HRW0202B

A1

A2 K

R575

510

C126

330p

C53

R621

N.M.

+

CE27

33u/16V

R180

11.0K-F

C393

0.1u

R619 0

C52

R149 0

R60

0

C127

R34

10(1/4W)

Q1

2SD1164

B

CE

C51

N.M.

TP222

R620

0

R132 56.0K-F

C387

0.1u

C55

IC3

DIP

LB1845

Vref1

26

ENABLE1

24

PHASE1

25

I11

23

I01

22

RC1

27

SENSE1

2

E1

3

OUT1A

7

OUT1B

6

Vref2

17

ENABLE2

19

PHASE2

18

I02

21

I12

20

RC2

16

SENSE2

13

E2

12

OUT2A

9

OUT2B

8

VBB

1

VBB

14

D(Di)GND

4

D(Di)GND

11

VCC

28

GND

15

NC

5

NC

10

D1

SR104

AK

C56

N.M.

+

CE28

33u/16V

IC38

Vin

1

GND

3

Vout

2

Vc

4

CNPW1

B12B-PH-KS

+24VSUB

1

MG

2

MG

3

MG

4

+24V MAIN5+24V MAIN

6

+5V MAIN

7

DG

8

DG

9

DG

10

+5V MAIN

11

+5V MAIN

12

C129 470p

D9

GPP20J

AK

C404

0.1u

R104 0

C405

N.M.

R131

1M

D104

1SS355

AK

C125 470p

R129

1k

R128 470

BAT1

CR2450

+

F101

ICP-S1.8

12

R135 56.0K-F

CE20

47u/16V

D8

DAN202U

31

2

Q102

2SC2411KR

B

CE

R516 5.6K

D2 SR104

AK

Q107

KRC106S

E

BC

R130

10k

R134

1K

R518 0

R179

33.0K-F

IC37

PQ070XZ5MZ

Vo

3

GND

5

Vadj

4

Vc

2

Vin

1

R1 0 .47 (1W)

R2 0.47(1W)

C403

0.1u

R520 0

C407

0.1u/50V

74HCT244

(TSSOP)

PQ3RD23

N.M.

<VBT>

CNPW

6 – 9

Driver & Power supply block 6/12

FO-DC600U

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

A13

A5

A12

A6

A7

D7

D13

D12

A4

D1

D5

A15

D4

A8

D2

A14

D8

A1

A2

A9

A10

A11

D3

D6

D14

A0

D0

D9

D15

D11

A3

D10

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

DG DGDG

DG

/CS6

/WE1

/BS

RD/WR

/RD

/WE0

/RESET

/WAIT

FPD0

FPD1

FPD2

FPD3

YD

LP

XCK

D[31:0]

CKLCDC

LCDCLK

A[25:0]

LCDCLK

M

DISP

LCDPWR

( 8-4B)

( 1-2H)(11-4D)

( 1-3H)( 2-3A)(11-5D)

(7-2D)

(7-3B)

( 1-3D)

( 1-2B)( 2-3A)( 3-1A)( 4-4A)( 8-4H)(11-5H)

( 1-2H)( 2-3A)

( 1-3H)( 4-2D)(11-3D)

( 1-3H)( 2 -2 A) ( 4 - 2A)(11-3A)

( 1-3H)( 4-2A)(11-3D)

( 1-6H)( 2-1A)( 3-1A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A)(11-6A)(12-2F)

( 1-6H)( 2-2A)( 3-2A)( 4-6A)( 5-4A)(11-6A)(12-4D)(12-2D)

( 8-4H)

( 8-4B)

( 8-5B)

( 8-4B)

( 8-4C)

( 1-3H)( 2-3A)( 3-a1)( 4-5D)(11-3A)(12-3A)(12-1A)(12-5A)(12-1A)

C198

0.1u/25V

R238 33k

R27 100

R5 33k

R10 1M

R239 33

C197

N.M.

R187

0

C6

N.M.

C192 0.1 u

C196

N.M.

R7 10

IC11B

43

R14 100

R9

0

R15 100

R24 220

R236 33k

R23 220

TP206

R12 220

IC11E

1011

IC10

LCD CONTROLLER

COREVDD

1

WAIT-

2

DB15

3

DB14

4

DB13

5

DB12

6

DB11

7

DB10

8

DB9

9

IOVDD

10

DB8

11

DB7

12

DB6

13

DB5

14

DB4

15

DB3

16

DB2

17

DB1

18

DB0

19

VSS

20

COREVDD

21

GPIO0

22

FPDAT11

23

FPDAT10

24

FPDAT9

25

FPDAT8

26

VSS

27

FPSHIFT

28

IOVDD

29

FPDAT7

30

FPDAT6

31

FPDAT5

32

FPDAT4

33

FPDAT3

34

FPDAT2

35

FPDAT1

36

FPDAT0

37

FPLINE

38

FPFRAME

39

VSS

40

COREVDD

41

DRDY

42

LCDPWR

43

TESTEN

44

CNF4

45

CNF3

46

CNF2

47

CNF1

48

CNF0

49

VSS

50

CLKI

51

IOVDD

52

AB15

53

AB14

54

AB13

55

AB12

56

AB11

57

AB10

58

AB9

59

VSS

60

COREVDD

61

AB8

62

AB7

63

AB6

64

AB5

65

AB4

66

AB3

67

AB2

68

AB1

69

AB0

70

BCLK

71

VSS

72

RESET-

73

CS-

74

BS-

75

RD-

76

WE0-

77

WE1-

78

RD/WR-

79

VSS

80

R8

10

R11 220

C193 0.1 u

IC11G

VCC

14

GND

7

R188 0

IC11A

21

TP205

C166 0. 1u

C195

47p

IC11D

74LVU04A

89

R25 220

TP203

R234 33k

C169 0.1 u

C170

C194 0.1 u

C167 0.1 u

C175

33p

IC11F

1213

X2

16MHz

R235 33k

R189 N.M.

TP204

IC11C

65

R237

N.M.

C168 0.1 u

C174

33p

R26 220

R6 33k

SED1374F0A

74LVU04A

LCD controller block 7/12

6 – 10

FO-DC600U

NOTE:

This mark indicates a safety-critical part(s).

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

LCDDG

+LCD5V

LCDDG LCDDG

LCDDG

DG

LCDDG

+LCD5V

DG

+5V

LCDDG

DG

+3.3V

DG

LCDVECNT

LCDPWR

/RESET

XCK

FPD1

YD

FPD0

FPD3

LP

FPD2

M

DISP

VEE

(7-4G)

(7-3G)

(7-4G)

( 1-5B)

( 1-2B)( 2-3A)

( 3-1A)( 4-4A)

( 7-3B)(11-5H)

( 7-4G)

(7-3G)

R190

0 (2125)

C5

+

CE9

R136

30k

R140

200k -F

R182

10k

D5

1SS322

R147

R146

10k

C171

100p

C133

3300p

R138

N.M.

R145

1k

R142

R137

43k -F

C164

2200p (2125)

Q2

RT1N141M

C173

N.M.

R181

0

+

CE8

22u/50V

Q3

2SC2411KR

F102

ICP-S0,7

1

2

R184

0

+

CE10

47u/16V

Q103

2SC2712GR

R185

33k

L1

CR54-220MC

12

C130

220p

Q104

2SD1624T

R143

Q109

N.M.

+

CE7

22u/50V

C160

+

CE5

100u/16V

C172

N.M.

C165

0.22u (3216)

R186

0 (2125)

C131

0.01u

C158

N.M.

R183

N.M.

C159

C132

1000p (2125)

R144

IC4

VOUT

1

VDD

2

EXT

5

NC

3

VSS

4

R13

100 (1W)

R139

30k

C2

N.M.

Q108

RT1N141M

C3

Q105

FMMT717

1

3

2

C161

2200p (2125)

R148

0 (2125)

R141

0

CNLCD

CNLCD1

B16B-PHDSS

YD

16

LP

15

VSS

14

XCK

13

VSS

12

M

11

DISP

10

VDD

9

VEE

8

VSS

7

D0

6

D1

5

D2

4

D3

3

VSS

2

VSS

1

C4

1k (2125)

S-8358J50MC

LCD power control block 8/12

6 – 11

FO-DC600U

NOTE:

This mark indicates a safety-critical part(s).

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

LD4

LD7

SEN6

SEN0

SEN4

LD6

SEN1

LD2

SEN7

LD3SEN5

LD5

SEN3

LD0

LD1

SEN2

+5V

DG

+5V

+24VA

DG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

+5V

DG

+5V

DG DG

DG

+5V

DG

+3.3V

+5V

+24V

MG

CISCLK

TMB

/FRSNS

AO

/ROLSNS

/TMA

CISSI

/TMB

TMA

ERLY0

/EXHS0

CML0

EXTSIG

DPMUTE0

DPON0

TXOUT

RXIN

/CISLEDON

/ORGSNS

/B4FRS

/STS

/ETBSY

/TOD

/STSI

/EPRDY

/TODF

/EPRDYI

/PRRDY

VSTP

SP+

SP-

/STPON

/TODP

/PRRDYI

/ETBSYI

/CTBSY

/PCURESO

/CPRDY

/PDATA

/SRCLK

/CMDO

/CPRDYO

/CMD

/PCURES

/PDATAO

/SRCLKO

/CTBSYO

LEDEN1

LD[7:0]

LEDEN2

SEN[7:0]

PLTSW

/STS

/HSYNC

/EPRDY

/CPRDY

/ETBSY

/PCURES

/PDATA

/TOD

/PRRDY

/SRCLK

/CTBSY

/CMD

LCDTH

/CI

/CI0

/BKLON

RS

E

( 3-3G)

( 2-6H)

( 2-1H)

( 6-2I)

( 5-2H)

( 3-3E)

( 5-2H)

( 5-3H)

(6-3I)

( 5-6H)

(6-6I)

(6-5I)

(6-6I)

(6-3G)

(2-3H)

( 9-3I)

( 1-6A)

( 2-1F)

( 2-1H)

( 2-2H)

( 2-2F)

( 2-2H)

( 2-1H)

( 3-3G)

( 3-2G)

( 3-3G)

( 3-3E)

( 3-4E)

( 3-3E)

( 3-4E)

( 3-3E)

(10-4I)

( 9-5F)

(9-4I)

(9-3I)

( 9-5F)

( 9-6I)

( 9-5I)

( 9-3I)

( 9-5I)

( 9-3I)

(9-2F)

(9-6F)

(9-5F)

(9-6I)

( 5-6H)

( 6-2I)

( 2-1H)

( 3-3E)

(9-5I)

R505

N.M.

C111 2200p

C345

R488 100

C117 2200p

+

CE2

22uF/10V

CNCIS

CNCIS1

B10B-PH-KS

SIG

1

GND

2

VDD

3

GND

4

GND

5

SI

6

GND

7

CLK

8

GLED

9

VLED

10

C154

R525 0

R625

0

C348

R566

10K

C101

N.M.

R527 0

C118 2200p

R127 270

R537 2.2K

F3

0(1/8W)

12

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

28

26

24

22

GND

1

PLTSW

3

SEN7

5

SEN6

7

SEN5

9

SEN4

11

SEN3

13

SEN2

15

SEN1

17

SEN0

19

+5V

21

/BKLON

23

E

25

RS

27

GND

2

LEDEN1

4

LD5

6

LD4

8

LD3

10

LD2

12

LD1

14

LD0

16

LEDEN2

18

TH1

20

TH2(GND)

22

GND

24

LD7

26

LD6

28

C107

N.M.

C102

C156

F4

0(1/8W)

12

C157

R614 1K

CNSP

CNSP1

B2B-PH-KR

SP+

1

SP-

2

R530

N.M.

C113 2200p

C378

0.1u

C112 2200p

C106

0.1u

R490 10K

R499 100

C152

C108

N.M.

C377

R123 270

R529

10K

C50

R565

0 (3216)

R495 68

R165

100

FB1

N.M.

12

R494 68

R122 270

C109

R532 3.3K

R497 68

C347

N.M.

R528 0

C349

N.M.

R526 0

F5

ICP-S1.0

12

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

30

28

26

24

22

CNPRT1

DHB-PA30-R131N

GND(DG)

1

GND(DG)

3

GND(DG)

5

GND(DG)

7

GND(DG)

9

/EPRDY

11

/TOD

13

/STS

15

/CTBSY

17

/SRCLK

19

GND(DG)

21

+5V

23

+5V

25

+5V

27

+5V

29

GND(DG)

2

GND(DG)

4

/RESET

6

GND(DG)

8

/HSYNC

10

/PRRDY

12

/ETBSY

14

/CMD

16

/PRINT

18

GND(DG)

20

/VIDEO

22

GND(DG)

24

GND(DG)

26

/CPRDY

28

/TEST

30

R125 270

R535 3.3K

R536 3.3K

R489 100

CNLIU

CNLIU1

B9B-PH-KS (alternated with B12B-PH-KS)

RXIN

1

TXOUT

2

CI

3

EXHS

4

DPON

5

CML

6

+5V

7

DG

8

+24VA

9

E-RLY

10

DPMUTE

11

EXTSIG

12

TP500

F2

ICP-S1.0

12

R120 270

C155

R126 270

C100

0.1u

C121

C346

0.1u

C119 2200p

R624

2

R492 68

R524 0

R498 100

IC29

74LV245A

VCC

20

A1

2

A2

3

A3

4

A4

5

A5

6

A6

7

A7

8

A8

9

B1

18

B2

17

B3

16

B4

15

B5

14

B6

13

B7

12

B8

11

GND

10

DIR

1

OE

19

C120

R496 68

IC33

74HCT244

(SOP)

1A1

2

1A2

4

1A3

6

1A4

8

2A1

11

2A2

13

2A3

15

2A4

17

1G

1

2G

19

1Y1

18

1Y2

16

1Y3

14

1Y4

12

2Y1

9

2Y2

7

2Y3

5

2Y4

3

VCC

20

GND

10

F1

ICP-S0.5

12

R124 270

R119 270

+

CE3

N.M.

CNSEN

CNSEN1

B8B-PH-KS

/FRTS

1

DG

2

/ORGS

3

DG

4

/B4FRS

5

DG

6

ROLSNS

7

DG

8

C110

CNSTP

CNSTP1

B2B-PH-KS

VSTP

1

/STPON

2

R533 3.3K

C153

R531 4.7K

R121 270

R522 0

C115 2200p

C114 2200p

R534 3.3K

C379

N.M.

R58 100

R493 33

C116 2200p

CNTXM

CNTXM1

B4B-PH-KS

TMA

1

/TMA

2

TMB

3

/TMB

4

B24B-PHDSS

CNPN1

Connector block 1 9/12

6 – 12

FO-DC600U

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

PCLA10

PCLD8

PCLA2

PCLA0

PCLD3

PCLA13

PCLD1

PCLD15

PCLD12

PCLD6

PCLA1

PCLD13

PCLD14

PCLA11

PCLD2

PCLA14

PCLD5

PCLD4

PCLD9

PCLD11 PCLA3

PCLA12

PCLD7

PCLA5

PCLD10

PCLA9

PCLA6

PCLA16

PCLA7

PCLA4

PCLD0

NICA12

NICA5 NICA13

NICA4

NICD1

NICD3

NICA0

NICA14

NICD12NICD4

NICA11NICA3

NICD6 N ICD14 N ICA6

NICD8

NICD2

NICA16

NICA7

NICD11

NICD5 N ICD13

NICA15NICD7

NICA8

NICD10

NICA1

NICD15

NICA9NICD9

NICA2

NICD0

NICA10

PCLA8

PCLA15

PCLA4

PCLA0

PCLA7

PCLA3

PCLA5

PCLA10

PCLA8

PCLA2

PCLA14

PCLA16

PCLA1

PCLA11

PCLA13

PCLA6

PCLA9

PCLA12

PCLA15

PCLD9

PCLD0

PCLD13 PCLD12

PCLD3

PCLD10

PCLD1

PCLD2

PCLD4

PCLD8

PCLD5

PCLD14

PCLD11

PCLD15

PCLD6PCLD7

NICD14

NICD5

NICA6

NICD6

NICD13

NICD15

NICD7

NICA2

NICA9

NICA8

NICA13

NICA15

NICA10

NICA4

NICA5

NICD4

NICD0

NICA0

NICD8

NICA11

NICA3

NICA7

NICD10

NICD2

NICD3NICA12

NICA16

NICD1

NICA14

NICD11

NICA1

NICD12

NICD9

+3.3V

DG

DG DG DGDG

DG

DGDG

DG

+5V

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

+3.3V +3.3V

NICD[15:0]

NICA[16:0]

PCLD[15:0]

/PRRDYP

/PDATAP

NICDTCT

/NICWAITP

/TODP

/NICINTP

/NICCSP

PCLDTCT

/NICINTP

NICR/WP

/NICINTF

PCLA[16:0]

PREQ

/CTBSYP

/SRCLKP

/EPRDYP

/STSP

/CPRDYP

/ETBSYP

/CMDP

/HSYNCP

PACK

/NICACK

NICR/W

/NICCS

NICRES

PCLRES

( 2-5A)

NICD[15:0]

NICA[16:0] PCLD[15:0] PCLA[16:0]

( 1-5A)

( 2-2H)

( 2-5A)( 3-5A)

( 9-2I)

( 3-4E)

( 3-4E) ( 3-4E)

( 3-4H)

( 3-4E)

(10-4I)

(10-5E)

( 3-5F)

( 3-4A)

( 3-3A)

( 3-5A)

( 3-3A)

( 3-4E)

( 3-3A)

( 3-4E)

CNPCL2

B3B-PH-KS

VCC

1

VCC

2

VCC

3

TP214

R480 68

CA6

TP213

R483 0

R481 0

R443 0

C260

CA10

C344

N.M.

C374

N.M.

C259

1000p

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

43

45

47

49

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

40

38

36

34

32

30

28

26

24

22

42

44

46

48

50

51

52

53 54

55 56

57 58

59 60

CNNIC1

DHB-RA60-R131N

NC

1

NC

3

GND

5

VDD

7

GND

9

LVDETECT

11

GND

13

RESERVE

15

A5

17

A6

19

A7

21

A8

23

A9

25

A10

27

A11

29

A12

31

A13

33

A14

35

A15

37

D7

39

RESERVE

41

A2

43

GND

45

D8

47

GND

49

NC

2

BRDIN-

4

INTPRT2-

6

RESERVE

8

VDD

10

A16

12

RW-

14

OEP-

16

CSP1-

18

ACK-

20

RESET-

22

A4

24

D0

26

D1

28

D2

30

D3

32

D4

34

D5

36

D6

38

A0

40

A1

42

A3

44

INTPRT1-

46

D9

48

D10

50

D11

51

D12

52

GND

53

D13

54

D14

55

D15

56

CSP2-

57

NC

58

NC

59

NC

60

C308

N.M.

R521 0

CA13

CA8

CA11

CA15

C307

N.M.

C228

R484 10K

CA14

R482 0

R321

0

R617

1k

TP207

CA2

TP211

CA4

TP212

CA7 CA16

CA9

Q118

KRC106S

E

BC

CA1

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

43

45

47

49

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

40

38

36

34

32

30

28

26

24

22

42

44

46

48

50

51

52

53 54

55 56

57 58

59 60

CNPCL1

FX2M6B-60S-1.27DSAL

MD15

1

MD13

3

MD11

5

MD9

7

MD7

9

MD5

11

MD3

13

MD1

15

STSZ

17

CPRDYZ

19

SBSYZ

21

CMDZ

23

HSYNCZ

25

GND

27

PACK

29

GND

31

GND

33

GND

35

ENGRDYZ

37

NICCSZ

39

WAITZ

41

MA14

43

MA16

45

MA18

47

MA20

49

MD14

2

MD12

4

MD10

6

MD8

8

MD6

10

MD4

12

MD2

14

MD0

16

VDATA

18

PPRDYZ

20

SCLK

22

CBSYZ

24

GND

26

GND

28

PREQ

30

GND

32

GND

34

VSYNCZ

36

NICINTZ

38

IOWRZ

40

MA13

42

MA15

44

MA17

46

MA19

48

MA21

50

MA22

51

MA23

52

MA24

53

MA25

54

MA26

55

MA27

56

MA28

57

MA29

58

RSTALLZ

59

PCLIN-

60

R609

1k

R445 0

CA3

R485 0

TP208

C138

0.1u

TP501

R399

0

TP502

C343

1000p

Q117

KRC106S

E

BC

R519

10k

C317

C316

R486

10k

TP503

C288

N.M.

TP209

TP210

CA5

R401 0

C261

N.M.

CA12

R400

10k

R618

N.M.

C306

N.M.

Connector block 2 10/12

6 – 13

FO-DC600U

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

D12

D0

D8

D13

D30

D18

D5

D6

D19

D22

D11

D26

D20

D17

D21

D10

D25

D14

D2

D7

D29

D3

D28

D9

D15

D16

D1

D23

D24

D27

D4

D31

A3

A16

A9

A11

A5

A19

A12

A15

A22

A0 A1

A23

A4

A25

A10

A18

A2

A17

A20

A24

A21

A13

A14

A7A6

A8

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

DGDG

+3.3V

/RASL

/RD

/WE1

/CS3

NMI

CKICE

A[25:0]

D[31:0]

TCK

TMS

/TRST

TDI

TDO

/ASEBRKAK

/RESET

AUDATA0

AUDATA1

/AUDSYNC

AUDCK

/ASEMD0

/CS6

/CS4

/BS

/CS2

/ICERESOUT

/DQMUU

/CS0

RD/WR

/WE0

/CASL

/DQMUL

AUDATA2

AUDATA3

RXD

TXD

( 1-3H)( 4 -2 A) ( 7-3B)

( 1-3H)( 4-2D)( 7-3B)

( 1-3C)

( 1-6B)

( 1-5B)

( 1-6B)

( 1-5B)

( 1-6B)

( 1-3C)

( 1-3H)

( 1-2H)( 2-3A)

( 1-2H)( 7-3B)

( 1-1B)

( 1-3H)( 4-4D)

( 1-4B)

( 1-2B)( 2-1B)( 3-1A)( 4-4A)( 7-3B)( 8-4H)

( 1-2H)( 4-4D)

( 1-3H)( 4-4D)( 1-3H)( 4-2A)

( 1-3H)

( 2-3A)

( 7-3B)

( 1-3H)( 2-3A)( 3-1A)

( 4-5D)( 7- 3 B)(12-3A)

(12-1A)(12-5I)(12-5A)

( 1-2H)( 4-5D)

( 1-3H)( 4-4D)

( 1-3H)( 2-2A)

( 4-2A)( 7-3B)

( 1-6H)( 2-1A)( 3-1A)

( 4-6A)( 5-4A)( 7-5C)

(12-2F)

( 1-6H)( 2-2A)( 3-2A)

( 4-6A)( 5-4A)( 7-4C)

(12-4D)(12-2D)

C202 0.1u

R268

0

TP221

C136

N.M.

C200 0.1u

C201

0.1u

C376

1000p

C134

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17 18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

AUDATA0

1

AUDATA1

3

AUDATA2

5

AUDATA3

7

AUDSYNC

9

AUDCK

11

ASEMD0

13

+3.3V

15

DG

17

TCK

2

TMS

4

TRST

6

TDI

8

TDO

10

ASEBRKAK

12

RESET

14

DG

16

DG

18

IC13

EN

1

C1+

2

V+

3

C1-

4

C2+

5

C2-

6

V-

7

RIN

8

FCOFF

16

VCC

15

GND

14

DOUT

13

FCON

12

DIN

11

INV

10

ROUT

9

C203 0.1u

R242

N.M.

BR40

5

18

7

6

2

3

4

C199 0.1u

CNRS

CNRS1

B5B-PH-KS

CD

1

RD

2

TD

3

DTR

4

GND

5

BR42

5

18

7

6

2

3

4

BR41

5

18

7

6

2

3

4

R3

C1

N.M.

C375

0.1u

C137

CNICE1

TVCC11

1

RESERVE1

3

A2

5

A4

7

GND1

9

A6

11

A8

13

A10

15

A12

17

GND3

19

A14

21

A16

23

A18

25

A20

27

GND5

29

A22

31

A24

33

A0

35

CS5

37

GND7

39

RESERVE

41

CS0

43

D0

45

D2

47

GND9

49

D4

51

D6

53

D8

55

D10

57

TVCC21

59

TVCC23

61

D12

63

D14

65

D16

67

D18

69

GND11

71

D20

73

D22

75

D24

77

D26

79

GND13

81

D28

83

D30

85

RD/WR

87

WE0

89

GND15

91

WE2

93

CASLL

95

CASHL

97

RAS

99

GND17

101

CAS2L

103

CS2

105

ROMCS1

107

RSTOUT

109

GND19

111

RESERVE5

113

RESERVE6

115

ROMCS2

117

TVCC31

119

TVCC12

2

BS

4

A3

6

A5

8

GND2

10

A7

12

A9

14

A11

16

A13

18

GND4

20

A15

22

A17

24

A19

26

A21

28

GND6

30

A23

32

A25

34

A1

36

CS6

38

GND8

40

CS4

42

RESERVE2

44

D1

46

D3

48

GND10

50

D5

52

D7

54

D9

56

D11

58

TVCC22

60

TVCC24

62

D13

64

D15

66

D17

68

D19

70

GND12

72

D21

74

D23

76

D25

78

D27

80

GND14

82

D29

84

D31

86

RD

88

WE1

90

GND16

92

WE3

94

CASLH

96

CASHH

98

RAS2

100

GND18

102

CAS2H

104

CS3

106

NMIIN

108

NMIOUT

110

GND20

112

CKIO

114

ROMCS3

116

ROMCS4

118

TVCC32

120

R4

R243

10K

C135

N.M.

10K x4

CNJTAG1

B18B-PHDSS

10K x4

MAX3221

Connector block 3 1 1/12

6 – 14

FO-DC600U

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

A5

A2

A3

MDMA0

A4

A1

MDMA4

MDMA1

MDMA0

MDMA2

MDMA1

MDMA4

MDMA2

MDMA3

MDMD2

MDMD5

MDMD2

MDMD6

D0

D1

MDMD3

D3

MDMD1

MDMD5

D2

MDMD0

MDMD4

D6

D5

MDMD3

D4

MDMD6

MDMD7 D7

MDMD0

MDMD1

MDMD7

D4

MDMD6

MDMD2

D0

D1

D7MDMD7

D5

MDMD4

D3MDMD3

MDMD5

MDMD0

D6

MDMD1

D2

OPD5

OPD7

OPD2

OPD3OPD4

OPD6

OPD0

OPD1

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

+5V

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

+5V

+24VA

DG DG

+5V

+24VA

+3.3V

DGDGDG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

DG

+3.3V

/OPDEN

RD/WR

MDMA[4:0]

MDMD[7:0]

/IOWR /MDMCS1

/MDMRST1MDMINT1

TXMUTE1

DPMUTE1

DPON1

ERLY1

CML1

/NANDWR

ALEO

/NANDOPCS

/WP1

/NANDRD

/BUSYOP

CLEO

OPD[7:0]

MEMDTCT0

MEMDTCT1

MDMA[4:0]A[25:0]

/IORD

/CI1

SPKR2

RD/WR

MDMD[7:0]

RD/WR

/MDMCS1

D[31:0]

D[31:0]OPD[7:0]

(12-4A)

(12-6A)

( 2-4A)

( 2-4A)(4-5G)

( 2-5A)

( 1-3H)

( 2-3A)( 3-1A)

( 4-5D)( 7-3B)

(11-3A)(12-1A)

(12-3A)(12-5I)

(12-6E)

( 1-5A)

( 1-6H)( 2-1A)( 3-1A)

( 4-6A)( 5-4A)( 7-5C)

(11-6A)

( 2-4A)( 3-3A)

( 4-4A)( 5-4A)

( 2-4A)(12-1A)

( 2-4A)( 4-5E)

( 2-5A)

( 5-4H)

( 3-2F)

( 3-3E)

( 3-2E)

( 3-3E)

( 2-1B)

(11-2A)

(12-2I)

( 2-4A)( 3-3A)

( 4-4A)( 5-4A)

( 1-3H)( 2-3A)

( 3-1A)( 4-5D)

( 7-3B)(11-3A)

(12-3A)(12-1A)

(12-5A)

( 1-6H)( 2-2A)

( 3-2A)( 4-6A)

( 5-4A)( 7-4C)

(11-6A)(12-4D)

(12-6E)

( 2-3A)(12-5A)

( 1-3H)( 2-3A)

( 3-1A)( 4-5D)

( 7-3B)(11-3A)

(12-1A)(12-5I)

(12-5A)

( 1-3H)( 2-3A)

( 3-1A)( 4-5D)

( 7-3B)(11-3A)

(12-3A)(12-5I)

(12-5A)

( 2-4A)(12-3I)

( 1-6H)( 2-2A)

( 3-2A)( 4-6A)

( 5-4A)( 7-4C)

(11-6A)(12-2D)

( 3-3E)

C352

R547

R438 0

R558

R472

C340

N.M.

R440 0

R435 0

R479

R557

R616

C336

C70

N.M.

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

30

28

26

24

22

CNOP1

DHB-PB30-S131N

DG

1

DG

3

DG

5

+3.3V

7

+3.3V

9

+3.3V

11

R/W

13

DEN

15

OPD6

17

OPD4

19

OPD2

21

OPD0

23

DG

25

DG

27

DG

29

CLEO

2

ALEO

4

WP1

6

NANDWR

8

OPCS

10

BUSYOP

12

NANDRD

14

OPD7

16

OPD5

18

OPD3

20

OPD1

22

MEMDTC0

24

MEMDTC1

26

DG

28

DG

30

C351

R546

R478

IC35

VCC

20

A1

2

A2

3

A3

4

A4

5

A5

6

A6

7

A7

8

A8

9

B1

18

B2

17

B3

16

B4

15

B5

14

B6

13

B7

12

B8

11

GND

10

DIR

1

OE

19

R474

C357

C354

R549

R541

C371

R563

R555

R434 0

R553

R548

R556

R437 0

C342

0.1u

IC28

VCC

20

A1

2

A2

3

A3

4

A4

5

A5

6

A6

7

A7

8

A8

9

B1

18

B2

17

B3

16

B4

15

B5

14

B6

13

B7

12

B8

11

GND

10

DIR

1

OE

19

R544

R477

C335

R538

R502

10K

C355

C337

R500

R554

R562

R615

0

C353

C380

R473

R517

10K

C383

R539

R560

C338

C341

C356

C304

R439 0

R433 0

R436 0

60

58

56

54

52

50

48

46

44

42

40

38

36

34

32

30

28

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

41

43

45

47

49

51

53

55

57

59

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

19

17

15

13

11

10 9

87

65

43

21

CNLNC1

+5V

60

+5V

58

DG

56

DG

54

NC

52

NC

50

NC

48

NC

46

NC

44

NC

42

NC

40

NC

38

DG

36

DG

34

+24VA

32

+5V

30

LCBD0

28

LCBD2

26

LCBD4

24

LCBD6

22

LCBA1

20

LCBA3

18

LCBA5

16

IOWR

14

MDMINT1

12

+5V

59

DG

57

DG

55

NC

53

NC

51

NC

49

NC

47

NC

45

NC

43

NC

41

R/W

39

DG

37

DG

35

+24VA

33

+24VA

31

+5V

29

LCBD1

27

LCBD3

25

LCBD5

23

LCBD7

21

LCBA2

19

LCBA4

17

IORD

15

MDMCS1

13

MDMRST1

11

SPKR2

10

TXMUTE1

9

ERLY1

8

DPMUTE1

7

CML1

6

DPON1

5

CI1

4

+3.3V

3

+3.3V

2

+3.3V

1

R542

R561

C372

100p

C69

R476

R540

C373

N.M.

IC34

VCC

20

A1

2

A2

3

A3

4

A4

5

A5

6

A6

7

A7

8

A8

9

B1

18

B2

17

B3

16

B4

15

B5

14

B6

13

B7

12

B8

11

GND

10

DIR

1

OE

19

R559

R567

R551

R475

C381

R501

R545

R552

C350

C370

R543

C334

R550

N.M.

C339

( 2-5A)( 4-5G)

(2-5C)(4-5G)

0

N.M.

0

N.M.

0

N.M.

0

Connector block 4 12/12

6 – 15

FO-DC600U

F1

F2

F5

Control PWB parts layout (Top side)

6 – 16

Control PWB parts layout (Bottom side)

F100

F101

F102

FO-DC600U

6 – 17

FO-DC600U

ExRing

ExTiP

+24VA

DPON

/EXHS

Ci

+5V

TiP

RXin

Ring

R9

18k

R20

22k

L4

R-5C

VA3

N.M.

CML1A

OUAZ-SH-124DZ

C12

0.033u

C17

N.M.

L2

N.M.

R5

13k(1W)

IC1B

NJM2904D

+

-

ZD2

HZ2C1

C8

0.033u

R21

3.3k

JP1

N.M.

R11

30k

AR3

RA-501P-C6

ZD4

1ZC15

C14

R2

L1

R-5C

C1

0.82u/250V(F)

R13

30

AR1

RA-391P-V6-2

C18

100u/50V

C19

0.022u

JP3

JP(10mm)

REC1

S1ZB60

~+

~ –

T1

TRTEP17-0411F

Q3

CML1B

OUAZ-SH-124DZ

Q4

KRC106M

B

E

C

R16

620

R24

10k

PC2B

JP5

D1

1SS133

R15

390

R23

10

ZD3

HZ27-A

R27

10

Q1

2SD592A

R17

22k

R6

22k 1/2W

R8

C3

C13

N.M.

PC3B

PC814X

R22

22k

C5

4.7u/50V

ZD7

HZ2C1

C2

0.01u

ZD5

MTZJ8.2B

JP4

N.M.

L5

EL0909RR-102K-2

Q2

2SD1200FR

PC1A

PC817X

ZD6

HZ2C1

R10

10

C9

1000p

R18

22k

R26

10k

C10

4.7u/50V

R4

4.7(1/2W)

IC1A

NJM2904D

+

-

C7

1000p

R1

N.M.

PC1B

PC817X

JP2

JP(10mm)

C15

470p

R25

PC3A

PC814X

C4

N.M.

L3

N.M.

R19

750

C11

4.7u/50V

PC2A

N.M.

R14

200

C6

4.7u/50V

Q5

N.M.

B

E

C

R12

91

D2

1SS133 C16

4.7u/50V

R3

R7

AR2

RA-501P-C6

ZD1

HZ2C1

ARG

Vref

+24VA

DG

+5v

+5VA

+24VA

DG

DG DG

DG

+5VA

DG DG

Vref

DGDG

DG DG

+5V

DG

CNLIU-2

CNLIU-1

MJ2-3

MJ2-4

CNLIU-4

CNLIU-5

CNLIU-6

CNLIU-7

CNLIU-8

CNLIU-9

MJ1-3

MJ1-4

CNLIU-3

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

6 6

5 5

4 4

3 3

2 2

1 1

NOTE:

This mark indicates a safety-critical part(s).

6 – 18

[2] LIU PWB circuit 1/1

sharp FODC600U, FO-DC600 Service Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual